terms & conditions indices numerical index alphanumerical index alphabetical index
HEAD OFFICE
220-2181 Premier Way
Sherwood Park, AB T8H 2V1
INTERNATIONAL HEAD OFFICE
1st Floor Hastings House
Balmoral GAP
Hastings Christ Church, Barbados
SHOWROOM & DISTRIBUTION CENTERS
CANADA
SHERWOOD PARK (showroom)
220-2181 Premier Way
Sherwood Park, Alberta T8H 2V1
VANCOUVER (showroom & distribution) 13911 Bridgeport Road Richmond, BC V6V 1J6
TORONTO (showroom & distribution) 6300 Kenway Drive Mississauga, ON L5T 2N3
TOLL FREE
ENGLISH 800-663-6647
FRENCH 888-663-6647
FAX 888-274-2910
USA
INDIANAPOLIS (distribution)
853 S. Columbia Road Suite 125 Plainfi eld, IN 46168
TOLL FREE
PHONE 877-953-6647 FAX 888-274-2910
CHINA
NINGBO
Bao Shui Xi Qu Gang Xi Da Dao #23
Beilun, Ningbo, 315800
WEB
orders@ennisfabrics.com ennisfabrics.com
@ennisfabrics
@ennisFabrics
ABOUT ENNIS FABRICS
A market leader for over 50 years.
Prior to establishing Ennis Fabrics, James C. Ennis spent 22 years with LaFrance textiles. In 1958, James was transferred to Edmonton as their Western Canadian Regional Manager. During that time he learned all about textiles and the needs of his customers.
OnJune1,1972,JamesandLoisEnnisopenedtheir original warehouse, a 2,500ft2 bay, in Edmonton to distribute fabrics and supplies throughout Northern Alberta.
Since that time, thanks to the continued support of our valued customers, Ennis Fabrics has experienced steady growth. Today, over 10,000 stocked products are distributed throughout North America from three extensive, full-service distribution centers in Toronto, Vancouver, and Indianapolis. Additionally, we have a wholly owned40,000ft2 qualitycontrolandconsolidation warehouse in China capable of domestic Asian trading, and an international head offi ce in Barbados.
Each day, we strive to surpass the expectations ofourcustomersandemployees.Weachievethis by being passionate about ways to contribute to our customers’ success—being their partner, understanding their needs, being exceptionally reliable, and delivering the right products when needed.
MAJOR BRANDS
CORDURA
QUALITY CONTROL: Standards & Guidelines
Ennis Fabrics maintains the highest standards possible in the textiles and supplies we present to our customers. Our inventory is managed with a piece based system allowing for the highest quality control. We sell both cuts and rolls and have the ability to match dye lots. The following are the standards we use for shipping to our customers.
These standards are based on those set by the American Home Furnishings Alliance (AHFA), the residential furniture industry’s recognized leader in the development of product and technical standards; the Association for Contract Textiles (ACT); and the Chemical Fabrics and Film Association’s (CFFA’s) paper on Standard Test Methods for Chemical Coated Fabrics and Films . These are sources subscribed to by most North American manufacturers. These resources specify test methods, practices and minimum voluntary acceptance guidelines for various types of upholstery fabrics and standards for vinyls and coated fabrics.
In no case would we supply items as first quality that could not meet these guidelines. Clearouts or seconds are of a lower standard and are priced accordingly.
ALLOWANCES The following allowances will be made for fabric flaws (excluding Sunbrella)
FLAW SIZE
Less than 1 ⁄ 8 yd
More than 1 ⁄ 8 yd
Two flaws (measured as 1 long flaw)
MARKING OF FLAWS
FLAW DENSITY
ALLOWANCE
1 8 yd
Length of flaw
Length of flaw
Factory flaws are marked with either a red or yellow plastic “swiftach” type of marker or a length of colored thread or string in the selvage of material. When marked with a red tag, the flaw is considered a “spot” or filling (weft) direction flaw. It usually will be less than 1 8 yard and is marked with a red tag for identification and numbering of flaws per roll.
When a yellow tag is used, this represents a warp direction flaw, where there are tags to mark both the start and end of each flaw. In most cases a flaw of this type would not be included in your shipment, but in case of a full roll order, the exact yardage between tags is deducted from the gross yardage on the roll. In full roll orders, there will be no more than two pieces per roll.
This refers to the acceptable number of flaws in a given cut. For cuts that are equal to or less than 5 yards, each cut must be free from flaws.
MAXIMUM FLAWS FOR FIRSTS:
Pile Fabrics
Woven Fabrics
Vinyls and Industrial Fabrics
1 flaw per 7 yards up to a maximum of 7 flaws per 50 yard roll
1 flaw per 9 yards up to a maximum of 5 flaws per 50 yard roll
2 flaws per 39 yards, 3 flaws per 49 yards, 4 flaws per 59 yards
BREAKS IN ROLLS A break in a roll is considered to be a flaw and the allowance given is usually 1 8 yard. All orders 10 yards or less must be filled with a single piece of fabric. If this is not possible then the customer must approve shipment ahead of time. If the length of the cut is greater than 10 yards, a break is acceptable provided there is a suitable allowance. No single piece will be less than 2 flaw free yards. If more than 2 pieces are required to fill an order, the customer must approve this prior to shipping, regardless of length.
SHADE & DYE LOT For decorative and woven fabrics, a match is 3/4 to 5.0 on the Greyscale ASTM D2616-12. This is true also for industrial and recreational fabrics.
CROCKING Crocking is the transfer of color from a fabric to fabric through the process of rubbing. On some fabrics, free dye or fibers may remain on the surface possibly causing crocking to occur. For suedes, dry crocking is 4 to 5, wet crocking is 3/4 to 5. Both are measured against the AATCC 8 Color Transference Scale. This rating is most prevalent for very dark or rich colors (i.e. black, navy, red).
ROLL ORDER SIZE Roll lengths vary. Please confirm when placing orders for full rolls.
CLEAROUTS Clearouts or seconds may contain flaws and have been priced accordingly.
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS:
How to use this catalogue
How are the supplies grouped?
The catalogue is grouped by market (Marine, Awning, Upholstery, Drapery, etc.). Market/section is found at the bottom of each page next to the page number.
How do I quickly navigate to supply groupings?
Main table of contents at the front of the catalogue, smaller table of contents at the start of each section. For more specific searching use one of our three indexes found at the back of the book.
How to search by alphabetical index (product name)?
Go to page 262. In alphabetical order search by general names of products (eg. shears, scissors, etc.)
How to search by alphanumeric index (alpha-numeric product code)?
Go to page 248. In alphabetical order search by product codes (eg. SHEST7032)
How to search by numbered index (numeric product code)?
Go to page 238. In ascending order, starting at 1001, search by numeric product code (eg. 7032)
Is there a digital version of the supply catalogue?
Yes. You can find it on the website on the resources page for each market.
Supply Details
Where do I find stock on hand?
ennisfabrics.com, call into our Customer Experience team or consult your sales representative.
Where can I find additional specifications if they are not described in the catalogue? ennisfabrics.com. On our website, every product page displays the full item specifications, you can even print them or save them as a PDF.
How do I find how to use/install a product?
Installation tips are found throughout the catalogue, additionally if you search the product on the website you can find videos explaining how to use the product – our library of videos is expanding so if you can’t initially find what you are looking for, the video may still be in production. Check back regularly to see new videos.
Does the website show the catalogue page number for every product in the catalogue?
Yes, look at the row labelled CATALOGUE in the product specifications – found on every product page.
Do these products have a warranty?
Yes. Refer to page 229 for our terms and conditions, including warranty information.
Are these all the fabrics offered by Ennis Fabrics?
No. We stock over 6,700 fabrics, our full range of fabrics can be found on our website ennisfabrics.com.
marine / awning / industrial fabrics
We are here to make your marine, awning and industrial projects easier. With over 5,000 supply products available, we’ve got you covered!
This colorful selection of woven vinyl-coated polyester fabrics is rugged enough to handle outdoor applications – cushion patio furniture, umbrellas and heat-filtering awnings – in any weather, with a durability and long life expectancy for limitless applications. Phifertex Standard Mesh fabrics are also ideal for office furniture, orthopedic equipment, upholstery and safety vests and are resistant to mildew, stains and fading.
Phifertex is infused with Microban® antimicrobial product protection, helping to provide an additional level of cleanliness protection that won’t wash off or wear away for the lifetime of the fabric. Microban protection inhibits the growth of stain and odor-causing bacteria, mold and mildew and works continuously, keeping fabrics cleaner for longer.
marine vinyl
The Guardian Collection is our new coated fabric, featuring a buttery-soft hand that looks and feels like real leather. This collection features exciting, versatile and beautiful colors and patterns that are suited for multiple end-uses in home decor, healthcare, hospitality, and more! These contract-rated, phthalate-free vinyls are coated with our fl uorine-free (PFAS-free) Endurepel Armour ® making them strong, durable, and easy to clean. Suitable for the outdoors, Guardian comes with our ENCOOL technology that keeps its colors up to 10% cooler in direct sunlight compared to traditional coated fabrics. This is a vinyl for all of Life’s Little Messes.
CHALLENGER
Abrasion: 1,500,000+ Double Rubs
Content: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Backing Content: 100% Polyester
Cold Crack: -55°C (-67°F)
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, IMO FTP Code 2010 - Part 8, MVSS302, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
(1,500
Width: 55” (140 cm) | Roll Size: 30 yd (27 m)
MIDSHIP
MIDSHIP HEAT SEALED
Midship was developed to withstand harsh temperatures. In addition to being resistant to seasonal extremes, Midship can also stand up against chemical and UV exposure. Midship is a superior vinyl product with proven marine performance.
Abrasion: 500,000+ double rubs
Content: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) coating with a polyester knit backing
Cold Crack: -30°C (-22°F)
Fire Retardancy*:
UV Resistance: ≥ 1500 hours
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (45.7 m)
MIDSHIP GIMP & WELT
We now carry Hydem Gimp and Welt in all matching Midship colors. See p.109-110 for more details.
Utilizing a top-quality Midship face, Midship Heat-Sealed is a great accent for boat seating. It features quilted heat-sealed channels every 1½” across the roll in top neutral colors for the Marine market.
Face Content: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
Fill Content: 100% Polyester Knit
Cold Crack: -30°C (-22°F)
Fire Retardancy*: CALTB117-2013; NFPA 260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1; Passes CAN/CGSB 4.2 No. 5-2008
UV Resistance: ≥ 1500 hours
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (45.7 m)
solution dyed polyester
SOLARSHADE
Constructed from state-of-the-art staple fi bre, spun solution dyed polyester yarns, SolarShade is the next generation outdoor fabric providing exceptional hand, with superior outdoor performance combining excellent breathability with high water repellency, strength, durability, mildew resistance and colour retention. Tried and proven in the fi eld, SolarShade is the solution for all marine covers and tops, shading, and protective covers. Fully reversible and weldable, SolarShade provides incredible value and versatility for all outdoor end uses.
SOLARSHADE FR
With all of the inherent characteristics of SolarShade, SolarShade FR provides the additional advantage of a durable, commercial awning grade fl ame retardancy.
SOLARSHADE SOLARSHADE FR SOLARSHADE PLUS FR
Content 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Coating None PU FR Coating
Fire Retardancy*
UV Resistance
CALTB117-2013, ASTM E84, MVSS-302, UFAC Class 1, NFPA 260
SolarShade Plus FR is constructed from the same yarns as SolarShade. In addition, it has a solvent free PU backing, that makes it waterproof up to 1000mm. Suitable for commercial awnings, it also is fl ame retardant for the life of the fabric.
Atlantis is the go-to utility fabric for entry-level use in the outdoors. It is synonymous with choosing one of the most environmentally friendly outdoor fabrics on the market. Not only will Atlantis meet the most stringent functional requirements, but they will also play a substantial role in protecting the environment for future generations.
Ennis Fabrics carries an extensive range of quality marine plastics to suit any budget. Our high quality Pressed Polish Sheets include STRATAGLASS and O’SEA , brands that offer plastics with great optical clarity and durability. These products are formulated for maximum UV stability and feature scratch and chemical resistance.
For marine and automotive windows that require more economical alternatives, we carry SUPER CLEAR, OKAMOTO and our own in-house line of plastic, ULTRA CLEAR, with or without paper. The variety in gauges provide convenient options for light to heavier-duty project needs.
DON’T LET POOR QUALITY SINK Y OUR SHI P.
O’Sea® clear, smoke and green flexible window glass is optically clear, durable, and made start-tofinish in the USA. And did we mention our O’Sea® press polished sheets are sunscreen, bug spray, and jet fuel resistant?
Install worry free windows by switching to O’Sea®.
SUNSCREEN, BUG SPRAY AND JET FUEL RESISTANT
SCRATCH RESISTANT COATING ON BOTH SIDES
OPTICALLY CLEAR WITH NO DISTORTION
DURABLE AND LONG LASTING
LIGHTFAST AND NO COLOR CHANGE
EASY TO CLEAN-JUST A MICROFIBER CLOTH AND WATER
ASK YOUR DISTRIBUTOR ABOUT O’SEA® and REGALITE® TODAY.
pvc cover / tarp
18OZ. COATED PVC
EN 176-10: 2008 Playground
EN 1021-1: 2006 Cigarette Test
EN 10210-2: 2006 Match Test
Our 18.oz Coated PVC collection highlights our top three PVC products. The vinyl products featured in this collection include Apollo (81”), Mercury (61”), and Sampson (61”, FR). Each vinyl shares comparable specifications, so decisions are often based on the colors available.
EN 176-10: 2008 Playground
EN 1021-1: 2006 Cigarette Test EN 10210-2: 2006 Match Test CALTB117-2013
THREAD COUNT 17 x 18 threads/inch²
YARN SIZE 1000 x 1300 denier
SCRIM Woven polyester THICKNESS 0.55
MILDEW RESISTANT
ROLL SIZE
yd (Black Only 100 yd)
CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS Clean with Mild Soap and Water
CAUTIONS
EN 176-10: 2008 Playground
EN 1021-1: 2006 Cigarette Test EN 10210-2: 2006 Match Test CPAI-84; NFPA 701; MVSS302
yd
Do not use bleach, citrus based cleaners, or vinegar. Will degrade fabric over time, causing discoloration and a shorter lifespan.
ATLAS: 10OZ. COATED PVC
Content: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Yarn size: 100 denier
Scrim: Woven Polyester
Cold Crack: ≥ -40°C (-40°F)
F ire Retardancy*: MVSS302
Thread Count: 20 x 20 threads/inch 2
UV Resistance: ≥ 300 hours
Width: 60” (152 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (45.7 m)
HERCULES: 14OZ. COATED PVC
Content: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Yarn Size: 1000 denier
Scrim: Woven Polyester
Cold Crack: ≥ -40°C (-40°F)
Thread Count: 12 x 12 threads/inch 2
UV Resistance: ≥ 1000 hours
Width: 61” (156 cm) | Roll Size: 30 yd (27.4 m)
DEFENDER
Abrasion: ISO 12927-2: 20,000 double rubs
Content: 100% Polyester
Construction: 600 denier
Backing Content: 100% Polyurethane
Water Repellent: AATCC 127 (Suter) - Average 600 mm.
Thread count: 44 x 30 threads/inch 2
Width: 59” (150 cm) |
(45.7 m)
TONTO
Abrasion: 100,000+ double rubs
Content: 100% Polyester
Fire Retardancy*: CALTB117-2013
Thread count: 34 x 29 threads/inch 2
UV Resistance: AATCC 16 Class 3.5
Backing Content: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
Width: 58” (147 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (45.7 m)
polyester
SCREENING HEAVY MESH
Content: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Yarn: 100% Polyester
Cold Crack: -28°C (-18.4°F)
Tear Strength: ASTM: Warp=67 lb, Weft=65 lb
Tensile Strength: ASTM: Warp=335 lb, Weft=335 lb
Thread count : 9x9 threads/inch 2
Width: 60” (152.4 cm) | Roll Size: 100 yd (91.44 m)
911 MESH
911 Mesh is a PVC extruded mesh with fi nished selvages. This product is recognized for both construction and quality. Field tested and approved for the highest satisfaction, 911 Mesh is ideal for outdoor usage.
ASTM D751: Warp=101lbs Fill=94lbs ≥ 1500 hours CALTB117-2013, IMO FTP Code 2010 - Part 8, MVSS302, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
ASTM D751: Warp=80lbs Fill=55lbs - CALTB117-2013, MVSS302, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
ASTM D751: Warp=105lbs Fill=89lbs
-20°C (-4°F) Yes
(-40°F) Yes
NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
yd 18.7oz./yd2
yd
191A-5136: Warp=6lb Fill=9lb
ASTM D751: Warp=12lb Fill=8lb
yd SIERRA -18°C (-0.4°F) - ASTM D573: Warp=22lb Fill=22lb
ASTM D751: Warp=80lb Fill=68lb
-30°C (-22°F) - -
Polyester
WINTERZONE -40°C (-40°F) Yes -
AATCC 16.3 - 2012 CALTB117-2013, MVSS302, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
yd 16.7oz./yd2
* This information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material. Please note: The fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.
30 yd
TALLADEGA
UNTREATED CANVAS
Content: 100% Cotton | Construction: Canvas
CANU7072W 7 oz, 72” (183 cm)
untreated cotton canvas
TREATED VS. UNTREATED CANVAS
CANU1860W 18 oz, 60” (152 cm)
CANU1560W 15 oz, 60” (152 cm)
CANU1260W 12 oz, 60” (152 cm)
CANU2160W 21 oz, 60” (152 cm)
CANUARMY60 10 oz, 60” (152 cm)
CANU1036W 10 oz, 36” (91 cm)
CANU1060W 10 oz, 60” (152 cm)
The term canvas refers to a heavy-duty woven cotton fabric that is more than 8oz./yd 2. Heavy-duty cotton canvas is available treated or untreated.
Canvas can be “waxed” using a product called CANVAK (#AERPR7199), an oily substance that provides the material a certain degree of water and mildew resistance. Treated canvas is an ideal material for the creation of tarps, bags and outerwear.
CANU2460W 24 oz, 60” (152 cm)
Untreated canvas fabric is better suited for non-industrial indoor uses, such as furniture slip covers, painter overalls, aprons, table coverings, pillows, art canvases and theater or staging uses.
Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics are unmatched in resistance to fading and the degrading effects of sunlight.
The Sunbrella Brand.
Sunbrella® is the most recognized and trusted name in performance fabrics for the Casual Furniture, Residential Furniture, Shade, Marine and Automotive markets for over fty years.
Colorfastness.
Sunbrella® is the most recognized and trusted name in performance fabrics for the Casual Furniture, Residential Furniture, Shade, Marine and Automotive markets for over fty years.
Colorfastness.
Sunbrella bers are saturated with highly UV stable pigments. Traditional dyeing methods, such as yarn or piece dyeing, only add color to the ber exterior. All Sunbrella fabrics, including shade and marine fabrics, offer performance characteristics that are an integral part of the fabric, not an applied nish that would wash off over time. So they will hold up to even the harshest outdoor environments, both on land and on the water. Think of a carrot versus a radish.
Sunbrella bers are saturated with highly UV stable pigments. Traditional dyeing methods, such as yarn or piece dyeing, only add color to the ber exterior. All Sunbrella fabrics, including shade and marine fabrics, offer performance characteristics that are an integral part of the fabric, not an applied nish that would wash off over time. So they will hold up to even the harshest outdoor environments, both on land and on the water.
Think of a carrot versus a radish.
Fade-resistant.
Cleanable.
Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics are unmatched in resistance to fading and the degrading effects of sunlight.
Mild soap cleans most common stains. Using bleach or solvents for tough stains will not affect Sunbrella fabrics, but don’t try this with other fabrics.
Cleanable.
Durable.
Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics retain their strength after years of cleaning and weathering.
Mild soap cleans most common stains. Using bleach or solvents for tough stains will not affect Sunbrella fabrics, but don’t try this with other fabrics.
Durable.
Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics retain their strength after years of cleaning and weathering.
new Sunbrella® awning fabrics dramatically outlast cotton canvas.
Sunbrella marine fabrics begin protecting boats and boaters worldwide.
Sunbrella casual furniture fabrics turn patios into outdoor rooms.
Beautiful Sunbrella residential fabrics mean indoor furniture is now stress-free. Sunbrella Contract launches for commercial upholstery applications
Revolutionary new Sunbrella® awning fabrics dramatically outlast cotton canvas.
Sunbrella marine fabrics begin protecting boats and boaters worldwide.
Sunbrella casual furniture fabrics turn patios into outdoor rooms.
Beautiful Sunbrella residential fabrics mean indoor furniture is now stress-free.
Sunbrella Contract launches for commercial upholstery applications
SHADE FABRICS THAT EXCEED EXPECTATIONS
Discover advancements like Exceed® FR, an inherently flame-resistant and highly water-repellent fabric with trusted Sunbrella® performance.
marine / awning / industrial supplies
No matter what project you are working on, we carry every supply needed. With over 5,000 items at your fingertips, the possibilities are endless!
marine & automotive foam
Closed Cell Foam ¹/8”
SEW FOAM
FOACC4499
FOACC4500
FOACC4501
FOACC4502
Cut (Yd), Roll 280 yd
Cut (Yd), Roll 140 yd
Cut (Yd), Roll 93 yd
Cut (Yd), Roll 70 yd
Our Ennis Fabrics Sew Foam is a regular roll foam with a Cerex backing applied. This is suitable for quilting applications without using a separate backing material.
A real time-saver on stitched seat panels.
Constructed from 100% Polyurethane for a pliable pink foam. Great also for molding and shaping. This product is sold by the roll.
B B FOARE4363 FOARE4362 ½” x 58” x 60’—Pink ¼” x 58” x 60’—Pink
Price Breaks: Roll (30’) | 20+ Rolls (30’)
Closed cell foam on a continuous roll with a 60” width. This foam is non-absorbent and resilient. Can be used for backpacking, mats, exercise mats, padding for athletic equipment, costumes, mascots, underpad for landau tops or anything where moisture is of concern.
marine & automotive flooring
COMPASS HYBRID FLOORING
Compass HB is a woven, extremely durable marine fl ooring with a dense urethane foam & felt backing. Compass’s hybrid blend of PVC and polypropylene yarns achieves extreme durability for long-term performance and value.
Webbing can be combined with buckles, hooks, sliders and other fasteners to create a variety of sport bags, cases and specialty items. Specialty Webbing is woven from various materials such as cotton, nylons, polypropylene and polyester. Also available is the Sunbrella ® -brand webbing made from a blend of acrylic and polyester.
SUNBRELLA® WEBBING
The Sunbrella ® -brand webbing is constructed from 78% solution-dyed acrylic and 22% polyester. It is UV-resistant at a minimum grade 4 at 2200 hours when tested against AATCC 169-2003. The product also passes lightfast test SAE 1960J with a minimum grade 4 at 1500 hours. Avaliable in 1” Width.
WEBSU13127
WEBSU13128
WEBSU13126
WEBSU13129
WEBSU13125
POLYESTER WEBBING
Sunbrella ® Webbing—Jet Black 6608
Sunbrella ® Webbing—Cadet Grey 6630
Sunbrella ® Webbing—White 6604
Sunbrella ® Webbing—Burgundy 6631
Sunbrella ® Webbing—Pacific Blue 6601
Price Break: Roll (25 yd), Case (22 Rolls)
Used for backpacks, bags, boat tops, boat covers, outdoors and outerwear.
F WEBPO13130 1” Polyester Webbing—White Tensile Strength: 5000 lb (2268 kg)
G WEBPO13131 1” Polyester Webbing—Black
Tensile Strength: 4000 lb (1814 kg)
Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Case (10 Rolls)
POLYESTER TIE-DOWN WEBBING
Thick, heavy, all-weather tie-down webbing used on truck beds and cargo straps. These goods will work well with tie-down ratchets and hooks. Used to create custom tie-downs for any configuration required.
H WEBPO 9701 1” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10 yd Roll
Break Strength: 3500 lb (1588 kg)
H H
WEBPO9703
WEBPO9707
3” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10 yd Roll
3” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—100 yd Roll
Break Strength: 15,000 lb (6804 kg)
H H WEBPO9702
2” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10 yd Roll
WEBPO9706
2” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—100 yd Roll
Break Strength: 10,000 lb (4536 kg)
H H
WEBPO9704
WEBPO9708
Price Breaks (10 yd rolls): Roll (10 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
Price Break (100 yd rolls): Roll (100 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
COTTON WEBBING
Cotton Webbing—Natural
Cotton Webbing—Natural
4” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10 yd Roll
4” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—100 yd Roll
Break Strength: 20,000 lb (9072 kg)
Heavy Cotton Webbing—Natural
Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Case (10 Rolls)
Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.
H
NYLON WEBBING
REGULAR
Break Strength: 1” - 1005 lb (456 kg)
1½” - 1750 lb (793.8 kg)
2” - 2015 lb (914 kg)
Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
HEAVY-DUTY
Break Strength: ¾” - 1980 lb (898 kg)
1” - 2390 lb (1084 kg)
1½” - 3620 lb (1642 kg)
2” - 6920 lb (3139 kg)
Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
POLYPROPYLENE WEBBING
REGULAR
A general purpose webbing for garment applications.
Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
E F Black Royal Olive Drab Red White Yellow
B D Black Royal Red
WEBNY9851
WEBNY9844
WEBNY9821
WEBNY9846
WEBNY9850
WEBNY9892
WEBNY9782 -
WEBNY9822
WEBNY 9824
WEBPP9780
WEBNY9794
WEBNY9797
WEBPP9716 -
WEBPP9859
WEBPP9852
WEBPP9769
WEBPP9893
WEBPP9874
WEBPP9861
WEBPP9766
WEBPP9905
WEBPP9853
WEBPP9898
HEAVY-DUTY
The heavy-duty polypropylene webbing can be used for loadbearing purposes on garment and bag applications.
WEBPP9781
WEBPP9869
WEBPP9717
WEBPP9864
WEBPP9858
WEBPP9856
WEBPP9770
WEBPP9894
WEBPP9855
WEBPP9862
WEBPP9767
WEBPP9903
WEBPP9857
WEBPP9899
WEBPP9860
WEBPP9718
WEBPP9863
WEBPP9868
WEBPP9866
WEBPP9771
WEBPP9895
WEBPP9865
WEBPP9878
WEBPP9768
WEBPP9904
WEBPP9867
WEBPP9900
WEBPP9870
4-PANEL POLYPROPYLENE WEBBING
A general purpose polypropylene webbing with great aesthetics and shine for bag and apparel applications.
T WEBPP9570 1” 4-Panel Polypropylene Webbing— Black
Break Strength: 596lb (270kg)
Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
Break Strength: 515 lb (234kg) M S WEBPP9734 WEBPP9733 1” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White
Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 Rolls) S WEBPP9720 ¾” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black
Break Strength: 702 lb (318kg) M S WEBPP9736 WEBPP9735
Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White
Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black
Break Strength: 1086 lb (493kg) M S WEBPP9738 WEBPP9737 2” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White
Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black
Break Strength: 1428 lb (648kg)
SEAT BELT WEBBING
2”-width seat belt webbing material meets MVSS302 automotive fi re code. Extremely strong, with a fi ne weave and soft hand. It is easy to sew and fl exible.
A WEBSE9875 Seat Belt Webbing—Black
Break Strength: 4,000lb (1,814kg)
Price Breaks: Roll (100yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
NON-RETRACTABLE LAP BELT
Replacements for recreational vehicles, vans, trucks and wheelchairs. Comes in 74” or 90” length, positive-locking seat belts with sturdy mounting. Available in black to coordinate with interiors.
B B BASVA9696 BASVA9686 74” Non Retractable Lap Belt
90” Non Retractable Lap Belt
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 ea) | Case (15 ea)
KNIT ELASTIC
Constructed from 62% polyester and 38% rubber. Knit elastics are lighter than woven elastics but still strong enough to be used for waistbands, slipcovers, drapery tire covers, boat covers or to hold cushions on furniture and for a variety of apparel applications.
C ELAKN 4249 ¾” Knit Elastic—White
Roll Size: 136.7 yd
ELAKN4241
ELAKN4243
ELAKN4246
1” Knit Elastic—White
1” Knit Elastic—Black
1½” Knit Elastic—Black
Roll Size: 54 yd
ELAKN4249: Shrinkage: 10% Stretch: 125% Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
Rope tie-down ratchet with rubber-tipped hooks for use with ¼” rope. It is compact and easy to use. This ratchet is made specifi cally for outdoor marine use, but can be used in many other settings as well. Just tug on the rope until it is tight. To release, pull on the rope the same way as when tightening and release the trigger.
H TIEHO13003 ¼” Rope Tie Down Ratchet
Price Breaks: Bag (2 ea) | Box (25 bags) | Case (50 bags)
WOVEN ELASTIC
Stronger elastic for heavy-duty applications such as suspenders, sports equipment, equestrian applications (horse boots), bag straps for packs, wrist bands, orthotics (splints and supports) and more. Use wherever a strong memory elastic is required. Constructed from 84% polyester and 16% rubber.
F G-
ELAWO4253
ELAWO4254
ELAWO4256
ELAWO4258
1” Woven Elastic—White
1” Woven Elastic—Black
1½” Woven Elastic—Black
2” Woven Elastic—Black
Shrinkage: 3% Stretch: 80%
Price Breaks: Roll (54 yd) | Box (5 rolls)
TRUCK TARP REINFORCEMENTS
Seat belt seconds are webbing products that have been rejected for seatbelt use as they do not meet the stringent automotive safety requirements. However, their high load strength make them ideal for truck tarp reinforcements.
I H
I WEBSE9872 Seat Belt Seconds—Black or Grey (dependent on availability)
Roll Size: ~220 yd
Break Strength: 4000 lb
Price Break: Full Rolls Only
WELDABLE WEBBING
Our premium PVC-coated Weldable Webbing is your go-to solution. Engineered for fl exibility and strength, this material can be bonded or welded using hot air or RF welding and sewn like any textile.
A B White Black
WEBWE14000
WEBWE14001
WEBWE14002
WEBWE14003
Price Breaks: Roll (100 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
hook & loop
VELCRO ® SEW-ON
This nylon fastener is a two-part system; one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily re-opened with a simple peeling action. Velcro ® Hook and Loop fastening system retains 50% fastening strength in water, then returns back to 100% when dried.
Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof fasteners are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure-sensitive adhesive back forms. All Velcro ® Hook and Loop can be sterilized or autoclaved.
C Black Hook
Black Loop
White Hook
White Loop
VELSE9129
VELSE 9130
VELSE9131
VELSE9132
1” 1½” 2” 4”
VELSE9058
VELSE9059
VELSE9052
VELSE9053
VELSE9060
VELSE9061
VELSE9054
VELSE9055
VELSE 9062
VELSE 9063
VELSE9056
VELSE 9057
VELSE9133
VELSE 9134
VELSE 9135
VELSE9136
Max Ironing Temperature: 163°C (325°F) Melting Temperature: 204°C (399°F)
1”: Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (20 rolls)
1.5” and 2”: Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
3/4” and 4”: Price Breaks: Roll (25 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (20 rolls)
VELCRO ® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE
Velcro® Brand Tempo pressure-sensitive hook and loop fastener has a superior grade of adhesive backing that is suitable for most applications—indoor and out. This product has superior bond strength to high energy surfaces. The pressure-sensitive adhesives have a high temperature resistance and a high resistance to plasticizer migration. Designed for use in applications requiring fast turnaround under production conditions such as in packaging, medical, toys and other markets.
Black Hook
Black Loop
White Hook
White Loop
VELPS9121
VELPS9122
VELPS9123
VELPS9124
VELPS9108
VELPS9109
VELPS9113
VELPS9114
VELPS9125
VELPS9126
VELPS9127
VELPS9128
Price Breaks: Roll (25 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
VELPS9110
VELPS9111
VELPS9142
VELPS9143
¾” 1” 1½” 2”
VELCRO ® POLYESTER
Velcro ® Brand polyester hook and loop fastener made for use outdoors. Ideal for use with boat covers and even outerwear. Available in black and white.
C D Black Hook White Hook Black Loop White Loop
VELPO13045
VELPO13043
VELPO13044
VELPO13042
VELPO13202
VELPO13200
VELPO13203
VELPO13201
Price Breaks: Roll (25 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (20 rolls)
VELCRO ® FR
Durable and sewable, this prodcut is best used for fi refi ghting equipment, aerospace interiors automotive interiors, protective clothing, and insulation wraps.
Black Hook Black Loop
VELSE13078
VELSE13079
VELSE13080
VELSE13081
Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (20 rolls)
VELSTICK HOOK & LOOP & DISPLAY DOTS
A semi-rigid, fl at vinyl extrusion with a protective beading along both side edges. The face has a permanently attached Velcro ® -brand woven nylon or polyester hook or loop, or molded hook fastening component. Staple, screw, nail, rivet or slide into a special metal extrusion to attach. Ideal for use on tents, camping trailers, stationary and patio awning ties, and many marine uses.
DISPLAY DOTS
These Display Dot “coins” feature top-quality, high-tack adhesives. They come on a peel-off roll and are ideal for trade shows, demonstrations, displays, etc. Made of a display-grade hook component, these dots will stick to any loop-style backing but is best used with Ennis Fabrics’ line of Display Fabric
VELCRO brand Alfa-Lok is a self-engaging tape that provides a strong and reliable connection. This robust fastening system is suitable for a wide range of environments and substrates encompassing Industrial, Transportation, Marine and Construction applications. F VELAL9068 1” Alfa-Lok Black
Price Breaks: Roll (25 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
Velcro Industries offers a portfolio of products that incorporate our hook and loop technology into materials and components that help companies be more innovative and competitive. Whether it’s a standard product or a solution customized to your design and manufacturing specifications, Velcro Industries puts more than 50 years of expertise in design, process, and logistics into our products—and your success.
For more information contact your local Ennis Sales Representative.
HOOK & LOOP: 3M ® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE
3M ® ’s Premium Performance 70 series Scotchmate Hook and Loop is designed for static load applications where temperatures may reach 93°C (200°F) as in automotive, aircraft, electronics and business equipment. This product is usable under stringent wet, dry, hot and cold cycling conditions. Operating temperature range is -29°C to 93°C (-20°F to 200°F). Recommended on base metals, painted metals, polystyrene, acrylic polycarbonate, rigid vinyl and glass.
3M ® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE PREMIUM PERFORMANCE HOOK & LOOP—BLACK A B VELPS9106 VELPS9107 1” Hook—Black 1” Loop—Black
Price Break: Roll (50 yd) | Box (3 rolls) | Case (6 rolls)
JEF HOOK & LOOP: PRESSURE-SENSITIVE
This nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. The JEF-brand of Pressure Sensitive hook and loop tape is an economical alternative to competitor brands. They are recommended for lighter duty applications and should not be used for all-weather outdoor applications such as attaching tonneau covers, etc.
C D E
E White Black Beige
VELPS9090
VELPS9080
VELPS9070
VELPS9092
VELPS9082 -
Price Breaks: 1” : Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (40 rolls) 2” : Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (40 rolls) PRESSURE SENSITIVE LOOP
White Black Beige
VELPS9091
VELPS9081
VELPS9071
VELPS9093
Price Breaks: 1” : Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (40 rolls)
2” : Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (40 rolls)
JEF HOOK & LOOP: SEW-ON
This nylon fastener is a two-part system. One part has rows of hooks and the other part has a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. This is a widely popular product for garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof elements are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure sensitive adhesive back forms.
JEF SEW ON HOOK
A B C D E Black Beige White Grey Red
(27.3 yd roll)
(546 yd roll)
VELSE9028
VELSE9012
VELSE8986VELSE8984VELSE9002
JEF SEW ON LOOP
B C D E Black Beige White Grey Red
VELSE8987
VELSE8985
VELSE9003
VELSE9029
VELSE9013
VELSE8997
JEF SEW ON HOOK/LOOP
VELSE9038
VELSE9014
VELSE8998
VELSE 8996VELSE 9004
VELSE8980
VELSE 9005
VELSE 9039
VELSE9015
VELSE8999
VELSE 9026VELSE9030-
VELSE 9008
VELSE9044
VELSE9048
VELSE9016
VELSE9000
VELSE9010VELSE 9006
VELSE8982
VELSE 9024VELSE9018-
VELSE9031
VELSE8981 VELSE 9027
The tape features hook on one side and loop on the other.
A A VELSE9032 VELSE9034 1” Hook/Loop—Black 2” Hook/Loop—Black
VELSE 9009
VELSE9045
VELSE9011
VELSE9007
VELSE9049
VELSE9017
VELSE9001
VELSE8983 VELSE 9025
Price Breaks 1”: Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (40 rolls)
Price Breaks 2”: Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (20 rolls)
VELSE9019
fasteners
DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS
A heavy-duty button-style fastener. Socket construction assures a firm grip which is maintained throughout use. Used in automotive, industrial and marine trades.
DURA SNAP PLASTIC CAPS
Solid nylon top will not chip or fade. Ideal for color-matching to Sunbrella ® products.
A B C D FASDB3960 FASDB3968 FASDB3964 FASDB3976
Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Black
Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Grey
Dura Snap Plastic Cap—White
Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Navy Blue
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DURA SNAP CAPS
Use with socket #4003. Diameter of cap is ⁹⁄ ”.
E F G FASDB 4002 FASDB4001 FASDB4000
Dura Snap Cap—Black Dura Snap Standard Cap
Dura Snap Long Barrel Cap
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DURA SNAP SOCKET
Standard socket for use with all Dura Snap Caps. H FASDB 4003 Dura Snap Socket
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DURA SNAP STUD
For use with Dura Snap Posts (#FASDB4007 or #FASDB3995), or with #6 Head Screw.
I FASDB4004 Dura Snap Stud
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DURA SNAP POSTS
J K FASDB3995 FASDB4007 Dura Snap Post—Long Dura Snap Post—Standard
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
SELF-TAPPING SCREW STUD—STAINLESS STEEL
Nickel-plated brass stud with a stainless steel Phillips head.
L FASDS4008 ⅜” Dura Snap Screw Stud—Stainless Steel
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
STIK-A-STUD FASTENER
A Delrin-molded stud with an extremely aggressive 3M adhesive tape backing. Can be applied to any clean, non-porous surface indoors or out. Remove without damage by applying an alcohol solution to the edge of the stud. To be used with Dot ® Dura Snap and Dot ® Durable fasteners.
M N FASST4099 FASST4098 Stik-A-Stud Fastener—Black Stik-A-Stud Fastener—White
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
YKK® SNAD ® DOME
A low-profile socket to be used wherever a snap is required, without the hassle of drilling. YKK® SNAD ® Dome features 3M’s high-quality adhesive to ensure great hold on Marine Carpeting and Canvas for decks, bulkheads or panels, upholstery cushions, seating and console covers.
O P FASST4095 FASST4097 YKK SNAD® Dome—White YKK SNAD® Dome—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
BABY DURA SNAP CAPS & POST
Use with socket #FASBB3997. Diameter of cap is ½”.
FASBB3992
FASBB3996
FASBB3999
Baby Dura Snap Cap—Black Brass
Baby Dura Snap Cap—Nickel
Baby Dura Snap Post—Nickel Brass
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
BABY DURA SNAP STUD
D FASBB3998 Baby Dura Snap Stud—Nickel Brass
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED STEEL
BABY DURA SNAP SOCKET
E FASBB3997 Baby Dura Snap Socket
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
Nickel-plated steel Dura Snap fasteners are very strong and durable. They are ideal for garment, luggage, sports bags and apparel, as well as applications on indoor automotive and aircraft projects. Due to their steel content, we do not recommend these fasteners for marine applications. Use the nickel-plated brass or stainless steel fasteners on p. 39.
DURA SNAP STEEL STUD
For use with Dura Snap Steel Post (#FASDS11011) or #6 Head Screw
F FASDS11009
Dura Snap Steel Stud
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DURA SNAP STEEL SOCKET
Nickel-plated steel Dura Snap fasteners are very strong and durable. Polished to a bright finish.
G FASDS11007
Dura Snap Steel Socket
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
SCREW STUDS
Screw the stud into the side of your boat and snap your boat tip straight onto the stud. Phillips head.
H I FASDB4020 FASDB4021
Nickel-Plated Steel Screw Stud ³⁄₈”
Nickel-Plated Steel Screw Stud ⁵⁄₈”
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DURA SNAP STEEL POST
For use with Dura Snap Steel Stud (#FASDS11009)
J FASDS11011
Dura Snap Steel Post
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags) D
DURA SNAP STEEL CAPS
Caps used with Dura Snap Steel Socket (#FASDS11007)
K L FASDS11001 FASDS11003
Dura Snap Steel Cap—Nickel
Dura Snap Steel Cap—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DOT ® DURABLE: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS
Quality Dot ® brand Durable™ Heavy-duty fasteners. The Dot ® brand is self-piercing and can be attached without pre-punching. Button diameter is ⁹∕₁₆”, compatible with all Dura Snap parts and tools. A reliable, rustproof fastener of nickel-plated brass from a name you can trust.
DOT ® DURABLE FASTENER CAPS
Standard Durable™ caps with ¹¹⁄₆₄” (0.45 cm) barrel length. Self-piercing and requires no punching in most applications. Diameter of cap is ⁹⁄₁₆” (1.43 cm). Colored fasteners are topped with Delrin caps that will not fade.
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
Please see p.75 for Dot ® Durable Punch and Dies, and for Dot ® Durable Machines and Dies
DURA SNAP CAP— STAINLESS STEEL
Caps for sockets to create one-half of the Dura Snap system. Diameter of the button or cap is ⁹∕₁₆”, barrel length is ¹ ¹∕₆₄”. 316 Marine Grade Stainless steel, rust-resistant and corrosion resistant.
A FASDS4010 9/16” Dura Snap Cap—Stainless Steel
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DURA SNAP SOCKET—STAINLESS STEEL
316 Marine Grade Stainless steel standard socket for the Dura Snap system. Use with the stainless steel cap #4010 and attach to stud #FASDS4014. Outside diameter is ⁹∕₁₆” while inside diameter is ¹¹∕₆₄”.
B FASDS4012 Dura Snap Socket—Stainless Steel
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DURA SNAP STUD—STAINLESS STEEL
Use with the Dura Snap Cap (#FASDS4010) and Socket (#FASDS4012).
C FASDS4014 9/16” Dura Snap Stud—Stainless Steel
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DOT ® COMMON SENSE: METAL
DURA SNAP POST—STAINLESS STEEL
Stainless steel standard height Dura Snap post.
D FASDS4015 Dura Snap Post—Stainless Steel
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
Screw the stud into the side of your boat and snap your boat top straight onto the stud. Phillips head.
FFASST13002
Stainless Steel Self-Tapping Screw Stud—3/8”
FASST13001
Stainless Steel Self-Tapping Screw Stud—5/8”
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
A premium line of Common Sense Fasteners from a name you know and trust. Sturdy nickelplated brass construction for durability. Reliable, rustproof fasteners for boats, truck fronts, convertible tops, tents and awning applications.
DOT ® COMMON SENSE CLINCH PLATE & WASHER
For use with boat windshields.
G H FASCO4058 FASCO4054 Dot® Common Sense Washer Dot® Common Sense Clinch Plate
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DOT ® COMMON SENSE EYELETS
I FASCO4056 Dot® Common Sense Eyelet
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
Please see p.76 for Common Sense Cutters and Punches
DOT ® COMMON SENSE STUDS
J K L
FASCO4050
FASCO3109
FASCO4052 Dot® Common Sense Single Stud (H:17mm)
Dot® Common Sense Double Stud (H:20mm) Dot® Common Sense Prong Stud
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
PULL-THE-DOT
The Pull-the-Dot fastener is a carefully engineered, three-sided locking snap fastener. Due to the unique built-in locking feature, this fastener will withstand extreme pressure on three sides without unlocking, yet release instantly on the fourth side if you pull the dot embossed on the surface of the cap. Made of nickel-plated brass. Can be set with any standard Dot ® Durable or Dura Snap setting tool.
PULL-THE-DOT SCREW STUD
A FASPU4096 Pull-the-Dot Screw Stud
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
PULL-THE-DOT STUD CLINCH
B FASPU4094 Pull-the-Dot Screw Stud Clinch
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
LIFT-THE-DOT
PULL-THE-DOT SOCKET
C FASPU4092 Pull-the-Dot Socket
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
PULL-THE-DOT FASTENER CAP
D FASPU4090 Pull-the-Dot Fastener Cap
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
Lift-the Dot is a heavy-duty fastener from the Dot ® family. Like Pull-the-Dot, it locks on three sides and is easily released from the fourth. Frequently found in automotive and marine applications, it is suitable for use anywhere that a secure fastener is required. Content is also nickel-plated brass. It has its own set of tools and dies for installing.
LIFT-THE-DOT SOCKET
E FASLI4011
Lift-the-Dot Socket
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
LIFT-THE-DOT STUD WASHER
F FASLI4019 Lift-the-Dot Stud Washer
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
LIFT-THE-DOT CLINCH PLATE
G FASLI4013
Lift-the-Dot Clinch Plate
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
LIFT-THE-DOT STUD
H FASLI4018
Lift-the-Dot Stud—Two-Prong
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
LIFT-THE-DOT SCREW STUDS
I J FASLI4017 FASLI4069
Lift-the-Dot Screw Stud Stainless Steel/Brass—⅝”
Lift-the-Dot Screw Stud Brass—⅝”
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
K FASLI4059 Screw Stud 7153-1—11/16”
Fastener stud with nut and bolt for mounting. ⅛” hole required to mount into hard surfaces.
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
FASTENERS: NYLON
Impervious and strong plastic compound fasteners, in Delrin (nylon) acetyl resin compound. Unaffected by moisture or humidity, will withstand extreme temperatures. These products have a proven track record in the winter front industry.
SLIDE-IN TARP CLIP
Slide-in two-piece design allows you to place a clip for tying or hooking anywhere on a tarp. The tapered design means the more pressure you apply, the tighter it holds. A great versatile tool that allows the use of one tarp for many purposes. The clip can be applied where it is needed to simplify securing the tarp.
A FASIN6070 Slide-In Tarp Clip
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
#40 1” NYLON HOOK BUTTONS
#40 1” Nylon Buttons are perfect for outdoor applications such as lawn furniture. One-piece molded design with hook backs for use with twine or pre-tied strings. Design on hooks prevents twine from pulling out after insertion.
B BUTUP2072 #40 Nylon Hook Button—White
Price Breaks: Bag (144 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (25 bags)
see p.178
Please
for more Buttons
zippers
COIL ZIPPERS: JEF ZIP
COIL ZIPPER CHAIN
#5 #8 #10
B C
Off-White White Black
ZIPCC11660
ZIPCC 9890
ZIPCC9880ZIPCC9885ZIPCC9999
ZIPCC9888
Price Break: Roll (200yds) |Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
#5 ZIPPER SLIDERS
D E F
G H
ZIPCC9891
ZIPCC9879
ZIPCC10001
ZIPCC11670
ZIPCC11682
#5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—White
#5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black
#5 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black
#5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black
#5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Off-White
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (10 bags) | Case (50 bags)
#8 ZIPPER SLIDERS
-ZIPCC9886
ZIPCC10003
#8 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black
#8 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (10 bags) | Case (40 bags)
#10 ZIPPER SLIDERS
-I ZIPCC 9889
ZIPCC10004
ZIPCC10000
#10 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black
#10 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black
#10 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—White
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (10 bags) | Case (40 bags)
#5 FINISHED COIL—OPEN END AUTOLOCK
J-
ZIPCF11500
ZIPCF11501
ZIPCF11502
#5 Coil 16” Open End Autolock—Black
#5 Coil 18” Open End Autolock—Black
#5 Coil 20” Open End Autolock—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
#5 FINISHED COIL—CLOSED END AUTOLOCK
K-
ZIPCF11609
ZIPCF11610
ZIPCF11612
ZIPCF11613
#5 Coil 6” Closed End Autolock—Black
#5 Coil 7” Closed End Autolock—Black
#5 Coil 9” Closed End Autolock—Black
#5 Coil 10” Closed End Autolock—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
PRODUCT TIPS
Zippers come in three basic systems— coil (or spiral), injection-molded profile (Delrin or Vislon) and metal.
FI GURE 1: COIL ZIPPERS
Uses the toothed elements of helical coils of polyester, nylon or, in some cases, metal wire as the fastening system. Coils can be formed and woven directly into the supporting tapes or preformed and sewn onto specially pre-manufactured tapes. Widely used due to their inconspicuous appearance when incorporated into the finished product.
FI GURE 2: INJECTION-MOLDED ZIPPERS (DELRIN OR VISLON)
These zippers have teeth of individually coupled members that interlock and are injection-molded onto pre-woven dyed tape. They have a degree of selflubrication and tend to be somewhat sturdier than an equivalent size of coil zipper. They also handle water and impurities better than coil zippers. In the larger size they are ideal for outdoor topping applications such as boats and other marine applications.
FI GURE 3: METAL ZIPPERS
Feature teeth of stamped or die-cast interlocking design fastened to the beaded edge of a dyed supporting tape. They have long life and tend to be very sturdy and strong in all directions. Brass zippers are used in marine and tent applications as they do not rust like steel. Also used in applications such as garment and upholstering due to the desired brass or metal finish.
CHOOSING A FINISHED ZIPPER
If strength is not a particular concern, go with whichever zipper will provide the desired finished appearance. However, if strength is required, select the largest size that would fit your project. Metal and Delrin are stronger, although the larger coil zippers are strong enough for bags and other applications.
Price Breaks: Roll (130yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
JEFZIP #5 DELRIN OPEN-END AUTOLOCK ZIPPERS
Pre-made #5 Delrin zippers, open-end with autolock sliders. Used in garments and bag applications. Available only in black. E E E E
ZIPDF11300
ZIPDF11301
ZIPDF11302
ZIPDF11306
ZIPDF11308
ZIPDF11310
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
JEFZIP #10 DELRIN CHAIN
Nylon tooth zippers are strong and lightweight. They operate smoothly despite the presence of sand, mud, or other contaminants. Ideal for topping and other outdoor applications including garments and bags.
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (10 bags) | Case (50 bags)
YKK® VISLON: FINISHED ZIPPERS
YKK® #8 LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS
#8 locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamelcoated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications.
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (10 ea) | Case (25 bags)
White
ZIPVF10086
ZIPVF10015
ZIPVF10016
ZIPVF10087
ZIPVF10017
ZIPVF10088
ZIPVF10089
ZIPVF10099
ZIPVF10014
ZIPVF10018
ZIPVF10019
ZIPVF10021
ZIPVF10020
ZIPVF10022
ZIPVF10023
ZIPVF11031
YKK® #10 LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS
#10 locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamel-coated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications.
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (10 ea) | Case (25 bags)
ZIPVF10024
ZIPVF10005
ZIPVF10006
ZIPVF10007
ZIPVF10025
ZIPVF10008
ZIPVF10026
ZIPVF10009
ZIPVF10027
ZIPVF10010
ZIPVF10028
ZIPVF10011
ZIPVF10012
ZIPVF10029
ZIPVF10013
ZIPVF9470
ZIPVF9991
ZIPVF9989
ZIPVF9992
ZIPVF9471
ZIPVF9993
ZIPVF9472
ZIPVF9994
ZIPVF9473
ZIPVF9995
ZIPVF9474
ZIPVF9996
ZIPVF9997
ZIPVF9475
ZIPVF9998
ZIPVF10039
ZIPVF9977
ZIPVF9978
ZIPVF9979
ZIPVF10040
ZIPVF9981
ZIPVF10041
ZIPVF9983
ZIPVF10042
ZIPVF9985
ZIPVF10043
ZIPVF9986
ZIPVF9987
ZIPVF10044
ZIPVF9988
ZIPVF9450
ZIPVF9959
ZIPVF9969
ZIPVF9960
ZIPVF9451
ZIPVF9961
ZIPVF9452
ZIPVF9962
ZIPVF9453
ZIPVF9963
ZIPVF9454
ZIPVF9964
ZIPVF9967
ZIPVF9455
ZIPVF9968
YKK® #10 NON-LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS
#10 non-locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamel-coated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications.
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (10 ea) | Case (25 bags)
ZIPVF10045
ZIPVF10046
ZIPVF10047
ZIPVF10048
ZIPVF10049
ZIPVF10050
ZIPVF10051
ZIPVF10052
ZIPVF10053
ZIPVF10054
ZIPVF10055
ZIPVF10056
ZIPVF10057
ZIPVF10058
ZIPVF10059
ZIPVF10060
ZIPVF10061
ZIPVF10062
ZIPVF10063
ZIPVF10064
ZIPVF10065
ZIPVF10066
ZIPVF10067
ZIPVF10068
ZIPVF10069
ZIPVF10070
ZIPVF10071
ZIPVF10072
ZIPVF10073
ZIPVF10074
ZIPVF10090
ZIPVF10091
ZIPVF10092
ZIPVF10093
ZIPVF10094
ZIPVF10095
ZIPVF10096
ZIPVF10097
ZIPVF10098
ZIPVF9950
ZIPVF 9951
ZIPVF9952
ZIPVF9953
ZIPVF9954
ZIPVF9955
ZIPVF9956
ZIPVF9957
ZIPVF9958
ZIPVF10030
ZIPVF10031
ZIPVF10032
ZIPVF10033
ZIPVF10034
ZIPVF10035
ZIPVF10036
ZIPVF10037
ZIPVF10038
WHITE BEIGE BURGUNDY BLUE BLACK GREY
YKK® Vislon zippers are extremely strong and lightweight. The “teeth” are made from Vislon nylon and the tape is polyester. Due to the unique properties of Vislon, the fastener has a wide variety of industrial, consumer and military applications where environmental conditions can reduce the effectiveness of metal zippers. YKK® is corrosion-resistant and is self-lubricating to a degree. This ensures smooth operation despite sand, mud or other contaminants.
The color is cast into the molding, so there is no finish to rub off, peel or chip. Vislon has excellent heat resistance (up to 182°C / 360°F) and resists cold down to -51°C (-60°F). Melting point is at 249°C (480°F), which is well beyond normal laundering or exposure temperatures. Resistance to chemicals further extends the use of Vislon beyond the scope of conventional metal zippers, which are prone to accelerated corrosion with exposure to chemicals.
YKK® #5
This product is available in cut lengths (min order of 20yds) or in full rolls of 200 yd. The #5 tape is ½” in width.
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (10 bags) | Case (40 bags)
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
YKK® ALUMINUM ZIPPERS
YKK® #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE
A ZIPAL9931 #10 96” Aluminum Two-Tab Finished Zipper
A separable aluminum zipper, the #10 two-tab zipper is ideal for boat top and tent applications—anywhere that a separable zipper is needed. It can be shortened by trimming the free ends. Tape color is a light beige.
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (10 ea) | Case (25 bags)
B ZIPAL9921 #10 Aluminum Heavy Zipper Tape
Heavy #10 aluminum zipper on beige tape. A common size in marine, boat top and tent applications. The tape has a width of ¾”. Tape color is a light beige.
Price Breaks: Yard | 50yds | Roll (100 yds)
#5 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE
C ZIPAL9918 #5 Aluminum Heavy Zipper Tape
#5 aluminum zipper tape in a continuous roll. This is a slightly larger and stronger version of the #4 zipper. It is intended for more strenuous applications, such as bags and other places where a slightly heavier load is expected. Tape color is a light beige.
Price Breaks: Roll (109 yd) | Box (4 Rolls) | Case (8 Rolls)
D ZIPAL9919 #5 Aluminum Single-Tab Slider
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
YKK® #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDERS
E ZIPAL9922 #10 Aluminum Two-Tab Slider
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (10 bags) | Case (40 bags)
YKK® #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER STOPS
F G ZIPAL9923
ZIPAL9924 #10 Aluminum Top Stop #10 Aluminum Bottom Stop
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
YKK® BRASS ZIPPERS
YKK® #10 BRASS ZIPPER TAPE H ZIPBR9925 #10 Brass Heavy Zipper Tape
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (10 bags) | Case (40 bags)
YKK® #10 BRASS ZIPPER STOPS
K L ZIPBR 9927 ZIPBR9928 #10 Brass Top Stop #10 Brass Bottom Stop
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
YKK®
awning hardware
AWNING FITTINGS: ALUMINUM
*ID = Inside Diameter
The aluminum fi ttings listed here have a primary application in the construction of awnings. While many of the parts appear similar to their counterparts in the boat top trade, they tend to be larger castings and in many cases are not as well fi nished as the equivalent marine parts. All parts have a smooth surface with a bright fi nish. Set screws, hinge screws, bolts and nuts are made of stainless steel unless otherwise indicated.
Z-SHAPED AWNING MOUNTING BRACKET
Z-bracket with two equally spaced holes for lagging into mortar and securing to the wall. The ³⁄16” hole on the other end accommodates a tek screw for fastening the awning frame to the bracket.
A FITAW11014 Z-Shaped Awning Bracket—1”
The 1” square design will accommodate both 1” round and square awning frame tubing.
B FITAW11015 Z-Shaped Awning Bracket—3”
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) |
Case (20 bags)
AWNING RAIL
ALUMINUM AWNING RAIL
Mill fi nish aluminum awning rail in 16’ lengths. Can be used with keder welt or vinyl extruded welt to hold covers in place. Ideal for truck tonneau covers.
A FITAW2771 16’ Aluminum Awning Rail
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (10 ea) | Case (25 ea)
PLASTIC AWNING RAIL
B FITAW2774 10’ Plastic Awning Rail
Plastic awning rail in white Delrin in 10’ lengths and 9∕16” diameter.
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (10 ea) | Case (25 ea)
C FITAW2777 7’6” Center Awning Rail
Smooth, white, PVC rigid extrusion. Non-corrosive. Can be run around tight corners with the use of heat. MOQ 3 Lengths
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (10 ea) | Case (25 ea)
AWNING WELT
VINYL EXTRUDED WELT
Use in place of rope headers to eliminate binding and tearing of threads and fabric during use. Can be easily stitched to the cover fabric and fi ts cleanly into the awning rails above. Fast and easy, moves the stitching away from friction. ⁵∕₁₆” diameter.
KEDER WELT WITH TWO-FLAP
DFITAW2773
Vinyl Extruded Welt—White
FITAW2781
Vinyl Extruded Welt—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (100’) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
KEDER WELT WITH WELDED FLAP
Heavy-duty polyester welded to a cord of solid PVC material. Hard, but fl exible with slippery track welting that slides easily, and effortlessly bends around curves. Awning welt with a welded fl ap for sewn applications. Available in standard weave in black or white.
For sewn or heat-sealed applications. Available in standard weave. Keder welting is designed specifi cally for use in outdoor tensile structures where strength and resistance to the elements are critical. A unique construction of heavyduty polyester fabric welded to a cord of solid PVC material, resulting in a hard, but fl exible and slippery track welting. Effortlessly bends around curves.
F FITAW9420 FITAW9421
5/16” Keder Welt with Two-Flap—White 5/16” Keder Welt with Two-Flap—Black
Price Break: Roll (110yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
AWNING COVER WELT
FITAW9423
FITAW9424
-EFITAW9422
FITAW9425
9/32” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—White
9/32” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—Black
5/16” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—White
5/16” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—Black
Price Break: Roll (110yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
100% PVC awning cover welt cord. Welt for sewing in the edging of awning covers. Holds the cover in place once installed in awning roller tube and front valance.
G FITAW9426 Awning Cover Welt—¼” Diameter
Price Breaks: Roll (250yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
XTREME AWNING SEAL
Closed-cell fl exible awning sealer with 3M adhesive on the backing. Use awning seal for the best seal and ease of installation of awnings. With the self-adhesive 3M back, it stays in place. MOQ 5’
H TRIED2805 Xtreme Awning Seal
Price Breaks: Foot | Package (125’) | Case (250’)
marine hardware
ALUMINUM TUBING
BRIGHT ANODIZED ROUND ALUMINUM TUBING:
0.058” WALL THICKNESS
Drawn aluminum tubing with a polished bright-dip finish. Lightweight and easy to work with, the ¾” tubing will slide easily into ⅞” tubing to form cockpit poles (see p.68).
FITTU8362 OD* ¾” x Length 20’
Price Breaks: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 240’ | 1080’
FITTU8372 OD* ⅞” x Length 20’
Price Breaks: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 200’ | 760’
FITTU11231
OD* ⅞” x Length 24’
24’ tubes must be shipped by truck. Ennis Fabrics can cut tube in half if this product is shipped by courier.
Price Breaks: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 240’ | 912’
JAW SLIDE
Meant to be used with the 1¼” Tube (#8376).
A FITBL2705 1” Square Jaw Slide Black
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
B FITWH2706 1” Square Jaw Slide White
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
C FITBL 2708 1” Square Inside Eye End Black
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
minimum tubing order is 3 lengths
*OD = Outer Diameter
CLEAR ANODIZED SQUARE ALUMINUM TUBING:
0.058” WALL THICKNESS
Square tubing to be used with the following Jaw Slides, #2579, #2705, and #2706 (see inset photo above.)
FITTU8368 OD* 1” x Length 24’
Price Breaks: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 240’ | 1200’
FITTU 8376
OD* 1¼” x Length 24’
Price Breaks: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 240’ | 1200’
STAINLESS STEEL TUBING
SUPER BUFFED STAINLESS STEEL ROUND TUBING
Bright finished 304 stainless steel tubing. Extra strength makes for a stronger frame. Ideal for railings. Sold in complete lengths of 20’.
FITTU8374
FITTU8365
FITTU8373
FITTU8364
FITTU8367
STAINLESS STEEL: GEMINI FITTINGS
OD* ⅞” x 0.049” Wall Thickness x Length 20’
OD* 1” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 20’
Price Breaks: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 200’ | 1400’
OD* ⅞” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’
Price Breaks: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 240’| 1680'
OD* 1” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’
Price Breaks: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 240’| 1200'
OD* 1¼” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’
Price Breaks: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 240’ | 720'
The Gemini Fittings are made of 316 stainless steel and include a Sliding Side Mount, Split Jaw Side Mount fitting in ⅞”, 1”, and 1¼”. Also available are Gemini hinges in ⅞” and 1”. The Sliding Side Mount and Split Jaw Side Mount feature a beefed-up body style with a stand-off style that allows hand room between the grab rail and the fabric which makes them ideal for mounting struts, grab and hand rails in marine frames. The Gemini Hinges fit standard tubing for use in collapsible support struts, dinettes, folding tables and folding seating.
SLIDING SIDE MOUNTS
Compatible with standard marine end fittings. Heavy duty construction with two set screws. Phillips head bolt and nylon washer. Easy installation, requires no modification of existing frames.
FITST11061
FITST11060
A B C FITST11062
Gemini Sliding Side Mount—1¼”
Gemini Sliding Side Mount—1”
Gemini Sliding Side Mount—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
SPLIT JAW SLIDE MOUNT
Split-style mounts can be mounted anywhere on a frame, which creates a greater range of applications.
D E FITST11063
Gemini Split Jaw Slide Mount—⅞”
FITST11064
Gemini Split Jaw Slide Mount—1”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
HINGES
Solid body construction with two Buna O-rings to compensate for tubing wall thickness variation. Relief areas are provided for attachment to tubing via either roll pins or set screws.
F FITST11067 Gemini Hinge—1”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
STAINLESS STEEL: RAIL FITTINGS
A wide range of fittings to be used along with ⅞” and 1” stainless steel tubing to create handrails and guides. The range of angles on the bases and stanchions will allow you to fit most contours and shapes. Use 1” to create a heavier, more sturdy rail. Made with 316 Stainless Steel.
60° BASE
A B FITST 2855 FITST 2854
C FITST 2862
60° Rectangular Base—1”
60° Rectangular Base—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
60° Round Base—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
60°
UNIVERSAL TEE FITTINGS
D E FITST 2874 FITST 2875
90° BASE
F G FITST 2851 FITST 2850
H I FITST 2859 FITST 2858
60° Universal Tee Fitting—⅞”
60° Universal Tee Fitting—1”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
90° Rectangular Base—1”
90° Rectangular Base—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
90° Round Base—1”
90° Round Base—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
90° TEE FITTINGS
J K FITST 2871 FITST 2870
90° Tee Fitting—1”
90° Tee Fitting—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
CORNER FITTING
L FITST 2888 Three-Way Corner Fitting—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
ELBOWS
M N FITST 2878 FITST 2892
90° Elbow—⅞” Elbow and Anchor Eye—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
BOW FORM
O FITST 2882 110° Bow Form—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
STANCHION
P Q FITST 2905 FITST 2904
R S FITST 2901 FITST 2900
RAIL END
T U FITST 2885 FITST 2886
60° Aft Stanchion—1” 60° Aft Stanchion—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
60° Center Stanchion—1”
60° Center Stanchion—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
5½” Rail End (End Out)
5½” Rail End (End In)
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
STAINLESS STEEL: TOP FITTINGS
High quality die cast 316 stainless steel fittings, highly polished for a brilliant finish. Used in the construction of bimini top frames. Extremely strong and durable. They are drilled to accept either one of the ⅜” Quick Release Pins listed on p.94 or a machine screw with ¼–20 threads; in some cases a headless screw of this size is included. Those with mounting screws are pre-drilled to accommodate the use of #10 screws, which will mount flush in the countersunk holes.
BALL AND SOCKET FITTINGS
A FITST 2563 Ball and Socket Deck Hinge w/ Pin + Lanyard
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
B C FITST 2565 FITST 2564
D E FITST 2567 FITST 2566
F FITST 2562
G H FITST 2569 FITST 2568
I J FITST 2571 FITST 2573
Ball and Socket Outside Top Cap—1” Ball and Socket Outside Top Cap—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
Ball and Socket Jaw Slide—1” Ball and Socket Jaw Slide—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
Ball and Socket 90o Eye End—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
Ball and Socket Concave Hinge W/P—⅞” Ball and Socket Deck Hinge W/P—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
Hinge with D-Ring—Port Side
Hinge with D-Ring—Starboard Side
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
K FITST 2574 Pull Pin with Pull Knob Lanyard
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
JAW SLIDES
L M FITST 2665 FITST 2667
Jaw Slide with Rubber Gasket—1” Jaw Slide with Rubber Gasket—⅞”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
N FITST 2697 Double-Side Jaw Slide—1”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea) O P FITST 2704
FITST 2694
Jaw Slide with Bolt—⅞” Jaw Slide with Bolt—1”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea) Q R S FITST 2698 FITST 2699 FITST11043
Split Jaw Slide—⅞”
Split Jaw Slide—1” Split Jaw Slide—1¼”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
Two-Screw Jaw Slide—1”
FITST 2721
U FITST 2668
Two-Screw Jaw Slide—1¼”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
FITST
EYE END
Drilled to accept either the ³⁄⁹” Quick Release pins or a machine screw with ¼–20 threads.
FITST 2692
FITST 2693
FITST 2666
FITST 2720
FITST 2689
F FITST 2581
Top Cap Eye End—1”
Top Cap Eye End—⅞”
Two-Screw Eye End—1”
Two-Screw Eye End—1¼”
Heavy Top Cap Eye End—1”
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
Quick-Release Side Mount/Eye End—⅞”
Two-hole side mount with Quick Release End.
Eye end fi ts ⅞” tubing, then fi ts vertically into mount and locks when pivoted off center.
Base size approximately ⅞”x2”. Pre-drilled to accommodate ¼”–20 screws.
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
EYE SLIDE
G FITST 2688 Eye Slide—1”
Price Breaks: Each | Case (10)
MISCELLANEOUS
H FITST 2687 Stainless Steel Set Screw
Replacement set screws for Eye Ends and Jaw Slides.
Price Breaks: Bag (25) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
DECK HINGES
FITST 2584
FITST 2582
FITST 2587
FITST 2585
FITST 2586
FITST 2583
FITST 2588
SIDE MOUNTS
P Q
FITST 2664
FITST 2663
Angle Base Deck Hinge
90° Deck Hinge
Heavy-Duty Deck Hinge
Quick-Release Angle Deck Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin
Quick-Release Concave Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin
Quick-Release 90° Deck Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin
180° Universal Deck Hinge
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
Heavy-Duty Four-Hole Side Mount Plate
Two-Hole Side Mount
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
PINS
R FITST 2908 3/16” Toggle Pin
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea) S T U FITST 2702 FITST 2703
FITST130004
3/16” Quick-Release Pin
3/16” Quick-Release Pin w/ 7” Steel Lanyard
¼” Quick-Release Pin w/ Nylon-Coated 6” Lanyard
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
C BIMINI HINGES & FITTING
A FITST 2576
Quick-Release Bimini Top Hinge
Easily removes or installs without having to keep track of screws. Installs with two #10 screws (not included).
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
B FITST 2578
Quick-Release Bimini Strap Hinge
Installs with t wo #10 screws (not included).
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
C FITST 2577
Quick-Release Round Surface Bimini Top Fit
Round design fits with the shape of the boat. Adapter can be inserted four different ways, 90° apart.
Price Breaks: Each | Bag (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
CHROME DIE-CAST FITTINGS
Zinc die-cast fittings with chrome plating. Though not as strong as stainless steel, these fittings give you the look of stainless steel without the cost. These fittings are made for boats on fresh water lakes, and are not recommended for salt water.
HINGES
D E FITCH2715 FITCH2713 10° Large Deck Hinge Large Deck Hinge
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
MOUNTING PLATE
F FITCH2659 Mounting Plate
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
BOW SOCKET
G FITCH 2695 Bow Socket—Chrome-Plated
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
EYE ENDS
H FITCH2545 Insert Eye End—¾”
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
JAW SLIDES
K L FITCH 2625 FITCH2605 Jaw Slide—¾” Jaw Slide—⅞”
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DELRIN: TOP FITTINGS
A full range of boat fittings in Delrin Acetyl resin compound. Delrin nylon is ideal for sport and recreational crafts due to its excellent resistance to corrosion of any kind. Color is cast in, not coated on, which means that it hides scratches well. Self-lubricating to a degree, Delrin Jaw Slides are unaffected by water exposures and tough enough that it can be tapped for set screws.
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
K K FITBL 2614 FITWH2613 ⅞” Tube Connector—Black ⅞” Tube Connector—White
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
EYE STRAPS
L L FITBL2640 FITWH2630 Eye Straps—Black Eye Straps—White
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
VADNEY WINDSHIELD CLIPS
M FITCL2453 Windshield Clip—Square Boat Top Fitting
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
SUN PROTECTOR CLIPS
Two or three sun protector clips will extend the life of clear plastic windows on boats by holding the windows clear of the frame and preventing “heat branding” and abrasion along the frame. This can cause whitening of the clear plastic and weakening of the window.
FITCL 2450
FITCL2451
FITCL2452
Sun Protector Clip—⅞”
Sun Protector Clip—1”
Double Sun Protector Clip—⅞”
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
STAYPUT
The StayPut fasteners’ unique design provides a superior and reliable fastening system without the need for springs or pressure to remain closed. They are made from the highest quality UV-stable nylon composite. Resistant to corrosion and will provide many years of trouble-free operation, particularly in a marine environment. Also used for tents, awnings and covers, etc.
SHOCK CORD CLIPS
A FASST1700 StayPut Shock Cord Clip—White
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
SHOCK CORD PULLS
B C FASST1719 FASST1718 StayPut Shock Cord Pull—Black StayPut Shock Cord Pull—White
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
SINGLE STUDS
D E FASST1708 FASST1709 StayPut Vertical Single Stud StayPut Horizontal Single Stud
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
CURVED BASE INSERT
F FASST1710 StayPut Curved Base Insert
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
KNOBS
G H FASST1703 FASST1706 StayPut Knob—Black StayPut Knob—White
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
KEDER BULLET
I FASST1713 StayPut Keder Bullet—White
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
TENT WALL HOOK
J FASST1704 StayPut Tent Wall Hook—White
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
MARINE WELT
XTREME EDGE SEAL
Exclusive to Ennis Fabrics. A unique, fl exible edge seal. Can be sewn or glued to most materials and surfaces and creates a three-point contact seal.
A B FITWE2787 FITWE2789 XtremeEdge Seal—Black XtremeEdge Seal—White
Price Breaks: Foot | Box (50’) | Case (100’)
MARINE V SEAL
V-Seal is the right choice for all cut-outs and tight corners, especially bow covers and radar arch cut-outs.
C FITWE2788 Marine V Seal—Black
Price Breaks: Foot | Box (50’) | Case (100’)
MARINE ULTRA SEAL
Ultra Seal can be glued or sewn to most materials and surfaces. Works well with Common Sense fasteners and gives a fl atter fi nished profi le.
D FITWE2786 Marine Ultra Seal
Price Breaks: Foot | Box (50’) | Case (100’)
STOP-LEAK TRIM
Bulb seal PVC extrusion for boat tops.
E FITMI2779 Stop-Leak Trim—Black —3/8” diameter
Price Breaks: Roll (100’) | Box (5 Rolls ) | Case (10 Rolls)
MARINE VENTING & POLE FITTINGS
BOAT VENT II
A plastic cover support and venting device for use with ¾” or ⅞” support poles.
F FITVE2798 Boat Vent II
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
BOAT VENT III
An improved version of Boat Vent II, helps to prevent the growth of mold and mildew in covered boats. Made from high UV-inhibited plastic, improvements include 40% more venting, 30 washer teeth for better grip, and an overhanging top to deter moisture.
G FITVE2804 Boat Vent III
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
HOLE CUTTER FOR BOAT VENT II & III
Simple and effi cient cutter for producing clean holes for mounting Boat Vent II (#FITVE2798) into covers. Crank action cutter creates a precisely-sized hole in seconds.
H FITVE2799 Hole Cutter for Boat Vent II & III
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 5 ea
BOAT VENT 10
The easy-to-install cover vent designed to enhance air circulation and prevent moisture buildup. By reducing heat and humidity, Boat Vent helps safeguard your upholstery from mold and mildew, extending the life of your boat.
I FITVE1000 Boat Vent 10
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
J FITVE1001 Pole
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
K FITVE1002 Foot Pad
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
- FITVE1003 Full Boat Vent 10 Kit
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
AIR VENT
Designed to help prevent dry rot, condensation, mildew and rust due to improper ventilation. Vinyl vents can be stitched, heat sealed or glued using HH-66 Adhesives (see p.116) to tarps, canvas or vinyl covers. Made of tough, extremely pliable vinyl that can be bent, folded, or flattened without damage. Will not rot or discolor and are impervious to sun and weather. Special hood design will spring back to the original shape and remain open regardless of how it may have folded. Sew nylon netting or fiberglass screening to fabric under the vent to prevent insect access.
A B FITVE2797 FITVE11023 Air Vent for Vinyl Tops—White Air Vent for Vinyl Tops—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (10) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
VINYL FOOT FOR COCKPIT POLE
Non-slip, non-marring vinyl feet for aluminum or steel tubing in two sizes. Finish off any exposed or open tubing end with these pieces.
C D FITTE2790 FITTE2795
¾” Vinyl Foot for Cockpit Pole—Black
⅞” Vinyl Foot for Cockpit Pole—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
SUPPORT POLES
Pre-assembled telescoping support for water craft with a combo end, meaning that the one end is a snap and the other is a grommet pole end for cockpit pole.
E
DURA SNAP POLE END FOR COCKPIT POLE
Smooth Delrin fitting that has a standard Dura Snap stud. Fits firmly into the end of ¾” tubing. Snap is nickel-plated brass for long life.
H FITTE2780 Dura Snap Pole End for Cockpit Pole
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
GROMMET POLE END FOR COCKPIT POLE
The Delrin unit fits into ¾” tubing and is tapered to accept self center grommets with an interior finished diameter of ⅜” or greater. Round edges will not tear or snag canvas or tops. I FITTE2775 Grommet Pole End for Cockpit Pole—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
JOINT SECTION FOR COCKPIT POLE
Tough Delrin fitting with nylon head screw for locking extension of the ¾” tubing. Fits securely onto the ⅞” tubing.
J FITTE2785 Joint Section for Cockpit Pole
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
POLE CLIP
K FITCL 2591 1” Pole Clip—Grey
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
SWIVEL PAD FOR SUPPORT POLES
Features a large base to protect floors from damage caused by standard crutch tips. The Swivel Pad disperses pole weight and uses thermoplastic rubber for a firmer grip. Use with Support Poles #FITTE2800, #FITTE2801, and #FITTE2802.
L FITTE 2803 Swivel Pad for Support Poles
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
FITTE2801
FITTE 2800
F G FITTE2802
Support Pole 38⅜” to 70” Combo End
Support Pole 27¼” to 47” Combo End
Support Pole 18¼” to 28” Combo End
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
BOAT TOP FRAME KITS
BTK-1 BOAT TOP FRAME KIT
A kit featuring a complete, ready-made boat top frame. Frames are made of ⅞” bright anodized tubing and easily fitted to boats with beams from 40”–80”. Each kit contains:
• Frame (x1)
• ⁷/₈” Jaw Slides (x2)
• Large Deck Hinges (x2)
• Eye Straps (x2)
All fittings are white Delrin
• ⁷/₈” Inside Eye Ends (x4)
• 1” Nickel Brass Slides (x4)
• 1” Nickel Brass Snaps (x2)
A FITKI2763 BTK-1 Boat Top Frame Kits
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 5 ea
BIMINI BOAT TOP FRAME KIT
Three-bow frame kit fabricated from ⅞”. Bright dip aluminum tubing. Joints are attached clean and flush through the use of insert sleeves. Packed one per box, complete with hardware. All fittings are black Delrin.
B FITKI2761 Bimini Boat Top Frame Kits
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 5 ea
PONTOON BOAT TOP FRAME KIT
OD* 1” x Length 1” x Wall Thickness 0.062” extruded satin anodized square tubing. Packed one per box, complete with black Delrin nylon fittings.
C FITKI2462 Pontoon Boat Top Frame Kits
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 5 ea
LARGE BOAT TOP FRAME KIT
Two-bow frame. Packed one per box, complete with hardware.
OD* ⁷/₈” x Wall Thickness 0.058” drawn aluminum bright anodized tubing with black Delrin nylon fittings.
D FITKI2764 Large Boat Top Frame Kits
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 5 ea
*OD = Outer Diameter
ALUMINUM BOAT SEAT HINGES
A FITHI2776 W3” x L6’ Flat Continuous Boat Seat Hinge
A flat-style continuous boat seat hinge in mill-finish aluminum. 3” wide with ³⁄₁₆” holes drilled on 4” centers.
Price Breaks: Each | 25 ea | 50 ea
B FITHI 2772 W4½” x L6’ “W” Continuous Boat Seat Hinge
A W-shaped hinge in a mill finish aluminum, drilled on 2” centers, staggered at ½”. Hinge lies open to a width of 4½”; aluminum is 0.060” thick.
Price Breaks: Each | 25 ea | 50 ea
ALUMINUM TRACK
Bright anodized aluminum alloy channel to use with white and black Delrin marine fittings. Aluminum alloy provides excellent corrosion resistance and is easily extruded. It can be readily welded and brazed.
C FITMI2740 12’ Aluminum Slide Track Channel
Price Breaks: Each | Case (20 ea)
MISCELLANEOUS
FITST2535 FITST2572
D E F FITST2575
Snap Hook—1” Pad Eye/Eye Strap Adjuster Slide—1”
Price Breaks: Bag (25) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
grommets
GROMMETS
The main factor in choosing a line of grommets relates to the dies that you may already have. Osborne’s spur grommets have a protective rolled rim on the grommet, which the Cruiser line does not have. However, either brand gives excellent resistance to pulling out.
Cruiser brand grommets are popular for its European Metric sizing system. However, the sizes are very close to the Standard system normally used in North America. For comparison purposes, we list these grommets in Standard sizes.
ALL GROMMETS COME WITH WASHERS.
STIMPSON SELF-PIERCING—BRASS
Save time and cutter costs. Grommets with a special selfpiercing finish on the grommet top. No pre-cutting of holes required, simply line up grommets and press with one of the machines listed on p.78. System works with heavy industrial materials. Sizes given are the finished inside hole sizes, and is comparable to Osborne grommet sizes.
A B
C
D E
GROSP5045
GROSP5046
GROSP5047
GROSP5048
GROSP5049
¼” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass
5/16” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass
⅜” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass
½” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass
9/16” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass
OSBORNE/STIMPSON ROLLED-RIM SPUR—BRASS
Rolled rim spur grommets have an extra lip on the rim of the grommet that accepts the spurs of the washer to give the ultimate pull-out resistance. Use with Osborne dies (p.77). Will not work with Cruiser brand dies.
Pr ice Breaks: Bag (144 ea) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
I J K GROCR6117
#3 Plain Grommet & Tooth Washer—Brass
GROCR6115 GROCR6113
L M N GROCR6127 GROCR6125 GROCR6123
#2 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass
#1 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass
#3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass
#2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass
#1 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass
Pr ice Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
SEWABLE BLACK GROMMET
Heavy-duty, sewable black grommet can be sewn into seams. Has a cold crack of -20°C (-4°F). Some uses include sporting bags and duffel bags, as well as tents.
O GROMI5075 Sewable Grommet—Black
Pr ice Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (40 Bags)
DOT/OSBORNE/STIMPSON PLAIN—BRASS
Osborne quality grommets and washers. Use with Osborne dies (p.77). Will not work with Cruiser brand dies.
GROOS5017
GROOS5014
GROOS5011
GROOS5012
GROOS5013
GROOS5015
GROOS5016
#00 3/16” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass
#0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass
#1 9/32” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass
#2 ⅜” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass
#3 7/16” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass
#4 ½” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass
#5 ⅝” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass
W GROOS 5039 #0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Black
X Y Z
GROOS 5040
GROOS6075
GROOS6076
#0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated
#1 9/32” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated
#2 ⅜” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated
Pr ice Breaks: Bag (144 ea) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
LONG NECK BRASS GROMMET
Perfect for all automatic feeding grommet machines.
GROOS6083 #2 Long Neck Grommet—Brass
Pr ice Breaks: Bag (144 ea) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
industrial & bag hardware
DELRIN WEBBING BUCKLES
All of our nylon hardware is made of tough, weather-resistant Delrin. Waterproof, long-lasting and versatile. All dimensions refer to the size of webbing that fits cleanly through the opening on the fitting to attach to your product. Unless otherwise stated, the Delrin hardware is black.
DETAIL BUCKLE
A BAGBU2201 1” Detail Buckle
Break Strength: 176 lb (80 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
CONTOURED BUCKLE
B BAGBU2202 1” Contoured Buckle
Break Strength: 121 lb (55 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
CAM BUCKLES
C
BAGBU2236
2” Heavy-Duty Cam Buckle
Extra heavy-duty cam action buckle for use with wider webbing. 2” tends to be used in heavier applications and should have a heavier buckle. Firm positive lock with toothed cam lobe.
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
D E
BAGBU2233
1½” Cam Release Buckle
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DUAL ADJUSTABLE SIDE RELEASE BUCKLES
Both ends are adjustable. Break Strengths: #BAGBU2226: 165 lb (75 kg) |
F G
BAGBU2226
#BAGBU2225: 143 lb (65 kg)
BAGBU2225 2” Dual Adjustable Side Release Buckle 1½” Dual Adjustable Side Release Buckle
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
CENTER RELEASE BUCKLE
M
BAGBU2248 ¾” Low Profile Center Release Buckle
Break Strength: 143 lb (65 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
HOT TUB BUCKLE & LOCK
N BAGBU2206 Lockable Hot Tub Buckle
Price Breaks: Bag (25) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
O BAGBU2205 Key for Hot Tub Buckle
A separate key is not necessary for each hot tub lock as any key will work with any lock. Works together with the Lockable Hot Tub Buckle (#BAGBU2206), but each are sold separately.
BAGBU2232
1” Cam Release Buckle
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
SIDE RELEASE BUCKLES
One end is fixed, the other end is adjustable. Break Strengths: #BAGBU2240: 165 lb (75 kg) | #BAGBU2235: 143 lb (65 kg) #BAGBU2230: 121 lb (55 kg) | #BAGBU2229: 88 lb (40 kg)
#BAGBU2228 (White): 121 lb (55 kg)
BAGBU2229 (H) -
BAGBU2230 (I)
BAGBU2228 (J)
BAGBU2235 (K) -
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
BAGBU2240 (L)
METAL WEBBING BUCKLES
All metal buckles are for heavy-duty applications. Brass, zinc and nickel are preferred for moisture exposure as they will not rust. Steel is the best for ultimate strength.
STEEL WEB BUCKLES
Thumb grip release buckle. One end fixed by sewing, the other adjustable through serrated spring-loaded thumb grip.
A B
BAGBU2224
BAGBU2227
1” Steel Web Buckle—Black
1” Steel Web Buckle—Nickel-Plated
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
WEB STRAP BUCKLES—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL
Curved thumb and finger release buckle. One end is sewn and fixed, the other end is threaded and adjustable. Perfect for rounded surfaces or corner locations.
C D BAGBU2222 BAGBU2221
2” Web Strap Buckle—Nickel-Plated Steel
1½” Web Strap Buckle—Nickel-Plated Steel
Break Strength: 121 lb (55 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
STEEL ADJUSTER BUCKLE
Threaded type adjuster in nickel-plated steel.
E BAGBU2278 1” Adjuster Buckle—Nickel-Plated
Break Strength: 139 lb (63 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) Case (20 bags)
DOUBLE-BAR BUCKLE
Double-bar buckle in nickel-plated zinc.
F BAGBU2283 1” Double-Bar Buckle—Nickel-Plated
Break Strength: 705 lb (320 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) Case (20 bags)
SURCINGLE HOOK & CLASPS
SURCINGLE HOOK AND CLASP— NICKEL-PLATED
STEEL
Traditional equestrian hook and clasp fastener. Quick fitting and simple enough to join when wearing gloves. Twist to join or open. Comes either in a Nickel or Brass-plated finish. Both parts are included in one unit.
G H
BAGSU6845 BAGSU6841
2” Surcingle Hook and Clasp—Nickel-Plated Steel
2” Surcingle Hook and Clasp—Brass-Plated Steel
Price Break: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (20 Bags)
WEB SLIDES—METAL
STRAPLOCK BUCKLES—DELRIN
BAGSL6830
ABAGSL6825
BAGSL6835
B BAGSL6840
1” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide
1½” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
2” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
2” Nickel-Plated Steel Heavy Web Slide
Extra-heavy adjuster slides for high stress applications.
Break Strength: 445 lb (200 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
C FITMI2000
1” Adjuster Slide—Nickel-Plated Steel
Compact 1” slide for use in any application with 1” webbing.
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
WEB SLIDES—DELRIN
BAGSL2284
BAGSL2285
BAGSL2294
BAGSL2290
BAGSL2295
¾” Slide—Black
Break Strength: 66 lb (30 kg)
1” Slide—Black
1” Slide—White
Break Strength: 88 lb (40 kg)
1½” Slide—Black
Break Strength: 110 lb (50 kg)
2” Slide—Black
Break Strength: 143 lb (65 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
WIDE MOUTH WEB SLIDES—DELRIN
H BAGSL 2291 ¾” Wide Mouth Slide—Black
Wide mouth slide for thicker and heavier webbing or multiple threading.
Break Strength: 88 lb (40 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
Straplock slides for fixing and adjusting webbing. One end fixed by sewing, the other is adjustable through the locking bar. Also available in a heavy-duty version for heavier use.
Pr ice Breaks (unless otherwise specified): Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
BAGSL2279
BAGSL2280
BAGSL2282
L BAGSL 2286
¾” Strap Lock Buckle
Break Strength: 99 lb (45 kg)
1” Strap Lock Buckle
Break Strength: 110 lb (55 kg)
1½” Strap Lock Buckle
Break Strength: 154 lb (70 kg)
2” Heavy-Duty Strap Lock Buckle
Break Strength: 660 lb (300 kg)
Price Break: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
DUAL LOCK STRAPLOCK BUCKLE—DELRIN
M BAGSL2287
1” Dual Lock Strap Lock Buckle
Slider for connecting and adjusting two free ends of webbing.
Break Strength: 143 lb (65 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
WEBBING LOOPS
LOOPS—DELRIN
Two-way webbing connector fixed by stitching. Used in bags and backpacks.
BAGLO 2275
BAGLO2276
BAGLO2277
A B C D BAGLO2274
¾” Loop—Black Delrin
1” Loop—Black Delrin
1½” Loop—Black Delrin
Break Strength: 99 lb (45 kg)
2” Loop—Black Delrin
Break Strength: 110 lb (55 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
REDUCING LOOP—DELRIN
A loop to connect 1” and 2” webbing by stitching. Best used for bags, backpacks and sports equipment.
E BAGLO2267
Reducing Loop—Black Delrin
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
WEBBING CONNECTORS
RECTANGLE—DELRIN
Two-way webbing connector with rounded edges.
F BAGTR2320 1” Plastic Rectangle—Black Delrin
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
BAG ACCESSORIES
SHOULDER PADS
Rubber shoulder pads fit webbing widths from 1½” to 2”. Shoulder pads give professional finished appearance and add practicality to bags, totes and any carrying strap.
TRIANGLES—DELRIN
Three-way sewn webbing connector.
J K BAGTR2305 BAGTR2307
1” Nylon Triangle—Black Delrin
1½” Nylon Triangle—Black Delrin
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
G H BAGPA2302
1½” Shoulder Pad—Black
BAGPA2304
2” Shoulder Pad—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
LUGGAGE STUD
Delrin stud for the base of bags, cases, etc. Prevents premature wear on these surfaces. Attach with nail stud and Delrin washer to prevent pull-through. All three pieces included in one unit.
I BAGMI 2325 #4 Luggage Stud
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
C D
WEBBING D-RINGS
SNAPHOOK D-RING
D-ring with built-in eyelet for clipping.
A BAGDR 2262 1½” Snap D-Ring—Black Delrin
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
DELRIN D-RINGS
B BAGDR2253 1” D-Ring—White Delrin
C D E F
BAGDR2259
BAGDR 2260
BAGDR 2265
BAGDR2270
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
¾” D-Ring—Black Delrin
1” D-Ring—Black Delrin
1½” D-Ring—Black Delrin
2” D-Ring—Black Delrin
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
STAINLESS STEEL WELDED D-RING
G BAGDR3902 1” Stainless Steel Welded D-Ring
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
BRASS-PLATED HEAVY WELDED STEEL D-RING
Heavy-duty welded D-ring for high-strength applications requiring a brass finish.
H BAGDR3892 1” Heavy D-Ring—Brass-Plated
Break Strength: 1,210 lb (550 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
NICKEL-PLATED HEAVY WELDED STEEL D-RINGS
D-rings in nickel-plated steel with a welded seam. Will not pull apart under heavy stresses.
BAGDR3903
BAGDR3904
BAGDR3905
BAGDR3906
BAGDR3907
¾” Nickel-Plated Heavy D-Ring
Break strength: 1056 lb (480 kg)
1” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring
Break strength: 1,210 lb (550 kg)
1¼” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring
Break strength: 1,430 lb (650 kg)
1½” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring
Break strength: 1,496 lb (680 kg)
2” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring
Break strength: 1,870 lb (850 kg)
Pr ice Breaks : Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
NICKEL-PLATED UNWELDED STEEL D-RING
M N O
BAGDR3890
BAGDR3900
BAGDR3910
¾” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring
1” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring
1½” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 Bags) Case (10 Bags)
NICKEL-PLATED WELDED D-RING
P BAGDR3901 1” Nickel-Plated Welded D-Ring
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 Bags) Case (10 Bags)
SEWABLE D-RING
Q BAGDR2254 ¾” Sewable D-Ring—Black Delrin
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) Case (10 bags)
WELDED O-RING
Break strength: 880 lb (400 kg)
R S
BAGOR2297
BAGOR2296
1½” Brass-Plated Welded O-Ring
1½” Nickel-Plated Welded O-Ring
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea ) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (20 bags)
WEBBING SNAP HOOKS
Pl ease Note: Measurements preceding product descriptions refer to the webbing that will fit.
PRE-ASSEMBLED SNAP HOOK—DELRIN
Fully assembled snap hook.
A B C
D
E
BAGHO2251
BAGHO2237
BAGHO 2238
BAGHO2239
BAGHO2241
1” Preassembled Snap Hook—White
¾” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black
1” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black
Break Strength: 99 lb (45 kg)
1½” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black
Break Strength: 110 lb (50 kg)
2” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black
Break Strength: 121 lb (55 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
UNIVERSAL SNAP HOOKS—DELRIN
Universal snap hooks swivels to accommodate angles.
BAGHO 2244
BAGHO2245
BAGHO2250
¾” Universal Snap Hook—Black
Break Strength: Unavailable
1” Universal Snap Hook—Black
Break Strength: 77 lb (35 kg)
1½” Universal Snap Hook—Black
Break Strength: 88 lb (40 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
SNAP HOOK—BRASS-PLATED STEEL
I BAGHO6822 1” Snap Hook—Brass-Plated
J BAGHO6798 1” Heavy Snap Hook—Brass-Plated
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL
K L M N
BAGHO6790
BAGHO6800
BAGHO6810
BAGHO6820
¾” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel
1” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel
1½” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel
2” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel
Price Break: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
MISCELLANEOUS
O FITST2575 Snap Hook—1”
SNAP HOOK—NICKEL-PLATED BRASS
Nickel-plated brass snap hook for marine and other salt and moisture-exposed applications.
FITHO7700 1” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Brass
Break Strength: 143 lb (65 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
SPRING SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL
The lightweight Spring Hook with Strap Eye is ideal for apparel and other non-critical applications.
- BAGHO6788 ¾” Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel
Price Breaks: Bag (100 ea) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
SPRING SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL
The Heavy Spring Snap Hook uses a heavier snap spring action for more positive closing, which means less chance of accidental opening. Features a pivoting head.
A
B BAGHO6799
1” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel
Break Strength: 598 lb (272 kg)
BAGHO6802
1” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel
Break Strength: 616 lb (280 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
HEAVY SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL
Heavy snap hooks are used in tents, tacks, bags, and other applications requiring a very high strength hook. The webbing bar and hook are cast together for greatest strength.
C
D
BAGHO6795
BAGHO6797
¾” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel
1” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel
Break Strength: 300 lb (140 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
BOLT SNAPS—BRASS-PLATED STEEL
E BAGHO6806
1” Bolt Snap—Brass-Plated Steel
Break Strength: 598 lb (272 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
BOLT SNAPS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL
Bolt-style closing. Spring-loaded for one-hand operation. Used in tent, bag and other applications requiring a positive closing snap with a pivoting head.
F G
BAGHO6803
BAGHO6805
¾” Bolt Snap—Nickel-Plated Steel
1” Bolt Snap—Nickel-Plated Steel
Break Strength: 598 lb (272 kg)
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) | Box (4 bags) | Case (20 bags)
FASTENER TOOLS
PRES-N-SNAP HAND TOOL
PRES-N-SNAP DIES
Lightweight aluminum tool set snaps into place with a simple squeeze. Ideal for tarping, convertible top, tents, boat covers and canvas jobs. Each unit comes with setting dies for regular Dot ® Durable and Dura Snap type fasteners. A rubber ring (#TOOFA4028) holds one part of the fastener for one-handed operation.
A TOOFA 4029 Pres-N-Snap Hand Tool
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
DURA SNAP PUNCH & ANVIL DIES
To set Dura Snap and Dot ® Durable fasteners into any material. Set snaps anywhere you can reach.
TOOFA4023
TOOFA4024
TOOFA4025
TOOFA4022
Anvil Die for Eyelet
Anvil Die for Button
⅛” Dura Snap Hole Punch
Dura Snap Setting Punch
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
TOOFA4028
TOOFA4032
TOOFA4120
TOOFA4121
TOOFA4122
TOOFA4123
TOOFA4124
TOOFA 4125
TOOFA4027
TOOFA4034
Rubber Ring for Pres-N-Snap Pull-the-Dot Die—Pres-N-Snap
Price Break: Each #00 Osborne Die #0 Osborne Die #1 Osborne Die #2 Osborne Die #0 Spur Osborne Die #1 Spur Osborne Die
Replacement Dies for Pres-N-Snap Tool Baby Dies for Pres-N-Snap Tool
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
NOTES ON DOT ®/OSBORNE/STIMPSON HAND SETTING DIES
Each set of the hand setting tools consists of two parts—the punch and the die. Note that the spur and plain are not interchangeable—you must have the specifi ed die for each type.
L TOP-SNAPPER
Ergonomic grip to provide you improved leverage and strength in placing or opening the snap. This tool has two stainless steel blades, a long blade that is suitable for use from inside, and a short blade that works well on the outside. The notch fi ts over the snap and enables you to open or close it easily. Reduces the chance of canvas tears and eases the fastening of your boat canvas or tonneaus.
L TOOFA 4038 Top-Snapper Tool
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
STAYPUT SPINCUTTERS
The StayPut Spincut is designed to simplify making holes in fabrics and webbings. Simply insert the StayPut Spincut tool into a power drill and hold a cutting board behind the fabric (#TOOGR6120, p.77). Activate the drill and gently push into the fabric. The tool does all the work in creating a clean, neat hole.
A B TOOFA1702 TOOFA1716 StayPut Spincut ¼” StayPut Spincut ⅜”
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
LIFT-A-DOT EZ HAND CUTTER
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
C TOOFA3115 Lift-A-Dot EZ Hand Cutter
D TOOFA3117 Common Sense E-Z Hand Cutter
HOLE PUNCHES
E TOOFA4016 Hole Punch for Lift-a-Dot Eyelet
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
QUICK-FIT RELEASE TOOL
Simple tool releases Quick-Fit temporary snaps. With a twist of the wrist, they are ready to use again and again.
F TOOQU3935 Quick-Fit Release Tool
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
CUTTERS
G TOOFA3113 #171—Common Sense Hand Cutter
Two-prong, all-steel cutter for the standard metal Common Sense Clinch Plate Fastener (#FASCO4054, p.39). A mallet is recommended for striking the punch to avoid mushrooming the end. Hole-Cutting Pad (#TOOGR6120, p.77) is strongly recommended to maximize the life of the punch.
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
H TOOFA3111 #450—Common Sense Hand Cutter
Punch designed to cut the oval hole and prong openings required for setting the standard metal common sense eyelet into fabric. A soft surface must be underneath the fabric being punched as the steel pins can scratch the casting. See fasteners on p.36-41.
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
HOLE CUTTING PAD
Extend the life of your cutters by using this pad under the material you are punching. The surface absorbs the impact and prevents damage to the bench underneath. For maximum life of your cutters and die-setting equipment, always use a rubber mallet and not a steel hammer to set fasteners, grommets or to hole punch.
B TOOGR6120 Hole Cutting Pad
Size: W10”x D10” x H⁹⁄⁹⁹” Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
VENT DIE
This special die quickly sets #GROMI9021 Ventilators. Merely punch your hole, set the ventilator with the neck up on the base, and then slip the fabric in place. A few even taps with a mallet will set the vent.
C TOOGR9022 #621 Vent Die
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
CRUISER SPUR GROMMET HAND-SETTING DIE
#00-A 3/16”
#0-A ¼”
#1-A 9/32”
CRUISER, DOT ®, SIMPSON &OSBORNE GROMMET HOLE CUTTERS A A A A TOOOS5059 TOOOS5024 TOOOS5031 TOOOS5032
Hand-setting tools for the Cruiser brand plain grommets (p.67). Each set consists of the punch and the die. Spur and Plain dies are not interchangeable.
TOOOS5037 TOOOS5038
#2-A ⅜” A A A TOOOS 5033
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
#3-A 7/16” #4-A ½” #5-A ⅝”
D
TOOCR6145 TOOCR6147 TOOCR6149
TOOCR6155 TOOCR6157 TOOCR6159
#1 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die
#1 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
OSBORNE GROMMET HAND SETTING DIE— PLAIN & SPUR
TOOOS 5020
TOOOS 5034
TOOOS 5021
TOOOS 5022
TOOOS 5019
TOOOS 5055
TOOOS 5028
#00 Plain Die #0 Plain Die #1 Plain Die #2 Plain Die F F
#0 Spur Die #1 Spur Die #2 Spur Die G G
TOOOS 5023
TOOOS 5025
TOOOS 5026 #3 Plain Die #4 Plain Die #5 Plain Die
TOOOS 5027
TOOOS 5029 #3 Spur Die #4 Spur Die
Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
PM1 DURA SNAP MACHINE
For high production with less fatigue, we offer the PM1 Dura Snap bench mounted press. Sturdy unit sets snaps quickly and easily with a single stroke. Includes a complete set of dies for Dot ® Durable and Dura Snap fasteners (p.36). Replacement dies available (#TOOFA4026 or #TOOFA4036). This machine must be bolted to the workbench. It is not portable and has a tendency to crack if not solidly mounted.
H TOOFA4030 PM1 Dura Snap Machine
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
PM5 SNAP/GROMMET MACHINE & DIES
A TOOSP5030 PM5 Bench Snap & Grommet Machine
This sturdy machine will set self-piercing grommets and will also accommodate snap fasteners with a separate set of dies. It has a deeper throat and longer padded handle. Approximate height once bolted to the workbench is 12”. Dies sold separate. This machine must be bolted to the bench, it is not portable. If you require a portable machine, use #TOOSP5057.
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
A TOOSP5057 Portable Aluminum PM5 Machine
A lightweight aluminum version of the PM5 machine listed above. Will work with all the same dies for snaps or our full line of self-piercing grommets. Suitable for portable use when mounted on a small plywood platform for stability. Dies sold separately.
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
TOOSP5052 TOOSP5054 TOOSP5056 TOOSP5058 TOOSP5060
¼” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine
5/16” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine
⅜” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine
½” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine 9/16” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
KNIVES
COMBINATION
KNIFE
This combination knife is made from the fi nest steel with both hook and pointed blade. It can be used for ripping seams, cutting auto carpeting, vinyl, plastic and rubber. Features a contoured Beechwood handle.
E TOOKN8440 #1020 Combination Knife
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
HEAVY DUTY OLFA KNIFE
A heavy-duty knife with a ratchet-lock mechanism for unlimited blade positions. The knife has a double-honed blade for superior sharpness and edge retention.
F G TOOKN 8052
TOOKN8058 Heavy Duty Olfa Knife
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
Heavy Duty 0.5mm Olfa Blades—Package of 50 blades
Price Breaks: Each | 5 ea | 10 ea
OLFA REPLACEMENT BLADES
H TOOKN8038 Ultra Max Heavy Duty Olfa Blades—Package of 50 blades
Price Break: Each | 5 ea | 10 ea
#14 MOUNT TRIMMING KNIFE
This is a tough, straight edged blade that is sharp enough to cut vinyls, carpet or other materials, and can be re-sharpened to last many years of service.
I TOOKN8051 #14 Mount Trimming Knife
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
PM1/PM5
SNAP DIE SETS
C D TOOFA4026 TOOFA4036 Dura Snap Die Set—PM1/PM5 Machine Baby Snap Die Set—PM1 Machine
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
SHEARS: KAI
KAI SCISSORS
Blades made of high-carbon Molybdenum Vanadium stainless steel for extra-long edge life and high cutting efficiency. Ergonomically styled and padded grip made of Elastomer soft plastic for maximum ease of handling. Right hand use only.
SHEST7035
SHEST7034
SHEST7036
SHEST7037
10” KAI Micro-Serrate Edge Shear
8” KAI Regular Edge Shear
10” KAI Regular Edge Shear
12” KAI Regular Edge Shear
Price Break: Each | 6 ea | 12 ea
SHEARS: MUNDIAL
Mundial is a world renowned quality shear, manufactured to the highest standards using only the best materials and processes. Adjust the ride once with a screw driver and you are done. The Stay-Set™ is uniquely engineered to stay true to its name. Once set, it stays set for comfortable cutting power under the most demanding commercial conditions. Hot drop-forged and fully nickel-plated with black enamel handles.
STRAIGHT MUNDIAL SHEARS
These high quality shears have a solid feel, a sturdy blade and come in a variety of sizes. All shears are designed for the right hand except the 9” Cushion Soft. The Cushion Soft shear has enlarged finger bows and a padded soft touch lining, designed for both the right and left hand use. E F-SHEST7002
SHEST7001
SHEST7004
SHEST7007
SHEST7003
8” Mundial Shear
9” Cushion Soft Shear
10” Mundial Shear
12” Mundial Shear
9” Mundial Shear
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea | 12 ea
HEAVY DUTY MUNDIAL SHEARS
Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use only.
GSHEST7013
10” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear
SHEST7014
12” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea | 12 ea
SHEARS: WISS
Wiss
® Shears are made of the finest quality cutlery steel with drop-forged polished blades with a patented Set-Easy pivot. The superior combination of hardened, ground, edged and adjustable blades combine to provide outstanding cutting ability and durability.
WISS ® APPAREL SHEARS
Bent apparel sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles for professional dress maker and industrial use.
A SHEST7020 9” Wiss® Apparel shears
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea | 12 ea
WISS ® BENT TRIMMER SHEARS
Industrial sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles. The 10” comes in both a right and left handed design.
SHEST7025 SHEST7027 SHEST7026
10” #20 Wiss® Bent Trimmer
10” #20 Wiss® Bent Trimmer—Left-Hand
12” #22N Wiss® Bent Trimmer
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea | 12 ea
WISS ® HEAVY DUTY BENT TRIMMER SHEARS
Heavy duty bent shears with “inlaid” blades and black handles. Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use.
SHEST7030 SHEST7031
10” Wiss® Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer
12” Wiss® Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea | 12 ea
WISS ® QUICK CLIP CUTTER
Heavy duty contour design with positive spring action re-opens blades for fast cutting. PVC plastic handle with stainless steel sharp point blades. Replacement blades are available in a set with 4 blade screws.
F SHEQI7021 Wiss® Quick Clip Sharp Point Cutter
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea | 12 ea
CUTTERS: HOT KNIFE
HEAVY DUTY HOT KNIFE
Hot knife cutter for use on vinyls, plastic, tarp materials, etc. Can also be used for cutting and sealing webbings. Runs on normal house AC current (60W). This unit heats up to 565°C (1050°F). It is hot enough for heavy-duty work. Use the Dial-Temp Controller (#TOOCU2817) to lower the temperature of the knife for applications that require a lower heat setting.
TOOCU2810
TOOCU2815 TOOCU2817
Heavy Duty Hot Knife Hot Knife Tip Dial Temperature Controller
Price Break: Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
HSGO HOT KNIFE
The small point type HSGO is primarily used in separating thin materials and for cutting round or irregular shapes. The blade takes 6–8 seconds to heat up. The heat can be controlled using the on/off switch. This small, convenient cutter is suited for pattern-making, cutting out awnings, filter cloths, sail materials and other fabrics, as well as cutting synthetic cords and ropes.
D TOOCU2830 HSGO Hot Knife—Body Only
Weight: 2.2 lb (1 kg)
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
E TOOCU2835 Standard Cutting Blade for HSGO Knife
Use on a heat-proof surface.
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
F TOOCU2837
RS Curved Cutting Blade for HSGO Knife
Used for cutting and sealing synthetic materials. Use on heat-proof surface.
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
G TOOCU2839
SF Cutting Foot for RS Curved Cutting Blade
Use with the RS cutting blade to allow cutting and sealing without a cutting base.
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
HSGO HOT KNIFE: CAUTIONS
HSGO is designed for intermittent use and should not be used for periods longer than 20 minutes without a pause for cooling. 70W capacity heater runs on standard household current.
HOT CUTTERS
COMPACT HOT CUTTER
Compact portable hot cutter heats quickly for use in cutting and sealing edges on any synthetic webbing or cord. Perfect for drawstrings, laces, tapes, cords and ropes. Actual size is H3” x L5”. This versatile unit will add a professional edge to all the cut webbings and synthetic ropes you use. Replacement blades are available.
PRODUCTION HOT CUTTER
This unit was designed for custom hand-cutting or high-speed production use. Lever-type action is fast, and neatly cuts and seals all synthetic materials such as webbings, cords, etc. No further processing needed. It can be used to trim narrow fabric strips. It has a 3½” maximum cut width and is variable heat controlled. The standard model runs on normal 110 household current, but 220V models are available on special order. The blade can be replaced separately.
B TOOCU9876
Compact Hot Cutter
TOOCU9816
Replacement Blade for Compact Hot Cutter
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
CUTTERS: ROUND KNIFE
1⅞” AS100 KNIFE CUTTER
A powerful, light weight hand cutter, this small cutter has more power than most cutters its size, allowing you to cut heavier materials with ease. Uses a hexagonal blade (#TOOCU3171) that rotates with a scissor action that prevents fabric from slipping. Also ensures continuous sharpness and clean cuts on fabrics. Watt capacity: 55W Cutting capacity: ⁄ ”
F G
TOOCU3170
TOOCU3171
1⅞” AS100 Knife Cutter
Hex Blade for AS100 Knife Cutter
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
TOOCU9877
TOOCU9814
TOOCU9813
Production Hot Cutter
Replacement Element for Production Hot Cutter
4” Replacement Blade for Production Hot Cutter
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
MISTEE 3½” ROUND KNIFE CUTTER
This lightweight 4 lb (1.8 kg) cutter has a strong motor that pulls 80W capacity. It cuts all types of fabrics single or in multiple plies. Built-in sharpener and finger guard keep this machine efficient and safe. It has smooth rollers on the base for effortless gliding while cutting. It will cut up to ¾” of fabric at one time. Perfect for the smaller shop doing repetitive contract work. Replacement blades available. Watt capacity: 80W Cutting capacity: ¾”
H I J
TOOCU3162
TOOCU3163
TOOCU3168
Mistee 3½” Round Knife Cutter
Replacement Blade for Mistee 3½”
Worm Gear for Mistee 3½” Cutter
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
STAPLES & TACKERS
1400 SERIES STAPLES
1400 Series Staples fit standard tackers, Fasco 1400 series, Haubold Staplers and JEFast 1416. Made from galvanized steel to help prevent rusting.
STA147255
STA147256
STA147257
STA147258
-A STA147254
71
1400/6—¼”
1400/8—5/16”
1400/10—⅜”
1400/12—½”
1400/14—9/16”
Staple Width: ⅜”
Price Breaks: Bag (10,000) | Box (20 Boxes) | Case (40 Boxes)
SERIES STAPLES
71 Series Staples fit standard tackers, Fasco 71 series Senco Staplers and JEFast 7116. To help prevent rusting, the staples are made from galvanized steel.BSTA717278
STA717279
STA717280
STA717282
71/6—¼”
71/8—5/16”
71/10—⅜”
71/12 —½”
Staple Width: ⅜”
Price Breaks: Bag (10,000) | Box (20 Boxes) | Case (40 Boxes)
1400 STAINLESS STEEL STAPLES
Stainless steel staples for the air tackers are carried in one size only. Other sizes are available through special order based on quantity. More expensive than standard staples, but stronger and more rust resistant. Compatible with Fasco 1400 Series, Haubold Stapler and JEFast (#TOOTA1416).
Price Breaks: Bag (10,000) | Box (20 Boxes) | Case (40 Boxes)
FASCO TACKERS
High quality pneumatic tacker has the advantage of having very few moving parts and those that do are easily replaceable. Piston/driver assembly available.
F G TOOTA7211 TOOTA7210 Fasco 1400 Series Tacker Fasco 71 Series Tacker
Head Width: ⅜”
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
JEFAST AIR TACKERS
These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter duty and more economical choice.
H I TOOTA7216 TOOTA7217 JEFast 1416 Air Tacker JEFast 7116 Air Tacker
| 3
| 6
BENDING TOOLS
Bend tubing without marring or kinking using the Bendarc ® Tool. Mounts solidly to a workbench or wall and is constructed of steel boiler plate and the toughest polymers available. It comes with a graduated scale generated by a computer that eliminates the guesswork and results in no wasted materials. Merely mark your bends, insert and clamp the piece into the Bendarc ® for precise control. This machine is strong enough to bend either aluminum or stainless steel tubing.
BENDARC®
A A A A
TOOTU8378
TOOTU8388
TOOTU8382
TOOTU8392
CROWNARC®
6” Radius for ⅞” Round Tube
8” Radius for ⅞” Round Tube
8” Radius for 1” Round Tube
10” Radius for 1” Round Tube
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
The CrownArc ® Device gives beautiful smooth consistent crowns, with no sharp edges or awkward kinks, to round stainless steel or aluminum tubing in sizes from ¾” up to 1”. The 1” rollers work properly with smaller sizes as well. Both the lower rollers on the CrownArc ® Turn providing better control over the feed and curve imparted. It also allows a bigger bite to give more crown per pass.
B TOOTU8380 CrownArc®
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
HOW TO USE THE CROWNARC®
Insert the bow and tighten the knurled knob about ¾ of a turn, then crank it through. If a bigger arc is needed, tighten the knob more and crank the bow through again.
DRILLING TOOLS
DRILL STEADY
Small clamp-on drill guide used for drilling stainless tubing and pipe. Swing-off design allows tool to be used without disassembly of the frame. Cast bronze body with knurled bronze thumbscrews and tool steel drill brushing. Accepts tubing from ¾”–1¼”.
Standard drill size is ⁹⁄ ”
C TOOTU11072 Drill Steady
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
TRIMMING TOOLS
NOTES ON REPLACEMENT ELEMENT #TOOGU5154
There have been slight model changes to the hot air heat gun over the years. Please quote your model number when ordering a replacement element to ensure that you receive the correct one.
TUCKING TOOL
A sturdy tool with a slightly curved blade and rounded corners for tucking headlining and upholstery around windows, doors and other interior automotive trim. Comfortable wooden handle with eyelet gives you excellent leverage.
A TOOAU8420 #746 Flexible Tucking Tool
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
TRIM PAD TOOL
A tool designed to remove trim pad plastic and metal fasteners without damage to the car finish. This tool reaches under the trim pad backing. It is long enough to reach the most recessed fastener and pries only against hidden surfaces to eliminate the danger of scratching the paint. Carefully beveled and deburred and it is manufactured from high-carbon steel. While specially designed to allow the re-use of plastic fasteners on GM cars, it works well with all metal fasteners.
B TOOAU8450 Trim Pad Tool
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
HOT AIR HEAT GUN
Hot air guns makes it easy to work with vinyls and to create complex shapes often found in automotive trimming. For softening vinyls to impart stretch, softening floor tiles, carpet backing, etc. Weighs only 2.75 lb (1.2 kg), including stand, and generates temperatures between 232–345°C (450–650°F). Draws 12.5 amps of regular household 110V current. Adjustable air intake regulators provides variable temperatures. Double-jacketed nozzle and shield keeps external temperatures down.
Unique suspended quick-change heating element for easy replacement, and replaceable brushes to extend the life of the unit. Housing, stand and handle are G.E. Lexan ® for superior electrical insulation and impact resistance. Toggle style switch has three settings—hot, cold and off, allowing the unit to be used as blower and heater.
Nozzle air opening: 1³⁄ ” diameter.
C D TOOGU5151 TOOGU5154
Hot Air Heat Gun
Replacement Element for Hot Air Heat Gun
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
EAGLE HOT AIR WELDER
Hand-held hot air welder. Lap welds soft thermoplastics without any additional materials other than the use of a silicone roller to provide the necessary pressure. Particularly suited to welding of tarpaulins and single-ply roofing material. Air temperature is adjustable from ambient up to 625°C (1157°F). Element is a quick-change type with no tools required.
Runs on a standard house current, although a 220V model is available on special order. Heating element will also fit the Leister brand and is a simple pull-out, plug-in operation. Features a recessed temperature control knob, a booted power switch and screened air inlet to protect against damage. Air flow is adjustable up to 15 CFM. Built-in over-temperature protection, protects the heating elements and electronics.
A B TOOWE2840 TOOWE2841 Eagle Hot Air Welder Replacement Element for Eagle Welder
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
SILICONE ROLLER FOR TARP WELDER
Tough silicone roller mounted on a sturdy handle for pressure-rolling tarps while being heat-welded. Also very useful for flattening out any surface for being glued or fit to complex shapes, such as carpeting to automotive floors or vinyl onto complex shapes. It is also used for working with heat, such as hot air guns or lamps to soften the vinyl. Silicone roller does not absorb glues or materials and can be easily cleaned after use.
C TOOWE2845 Silicone Roller for Tarp Welder
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
ANGLE SLIT NOZZLE
This product is ideal for welding seams or applying heat into corners. For use with Steinel gun only.
D TOOWE2846 2” Angle Slit Nozzle
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
Please see p.10 and 136-137 for our PVC options
FOLDER FOR BINDING
BINDING: FOLDER
Stitch bindings into place faster and straighter with these adapters. Simply screw the binding folder into place on your sewing machine, then guide the material and binding through the machine. Makes a difficult job easier and faster. Gives uniform, factory-quality seams for that professional fitted appearance.
E F TOOFO4890 TOOFO4892 Folder for ¾” Binding Folder for ⅞” Binding G H TOOFO4897 TOOFO4895 Folder for 1” Binding Folder for 1¼” Binding
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
Please see p.95-103 for Binding & Cordage
E F G H
SPRAY GUN 118 SPRAY GUN REPLACEMENT PARTS
118 SPRAY GUN
The 118 Spray Gun is a blow-over siphon type and produces a coneshaped spray. Adjustment of volume is made by screwing the fluid nozzle up into the air stream until the right flow is obtained. This product is particularly recommended for glues and other sticky liquids that tend to gum up painting equipment. Also usable for touch-up work and ideal for production painting of small articles. Light-weight and easy to use.
A TOOMI1158 118 Spray Gun
B TOOMI1159 118 Spray Gun - Jar Only Weight: 2 lb (0.9 kg) Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
EZE SPRAY GUN
A lightweight, durable alternative to the more expensive sprayers. Tube height is adjustable by loosening the adjustment nut and then sliding tube to achieve desired spray density. To clean, loosen the adjustment nut and slide the vacuum tube out. Dip tube in solvent to blow out with spray gun. Features a plastic glue pot.
C TOOMI1165 EZE Spray Gun
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
MALLET & HAMMER
#6 RUBBER MALLET
Tough composite rubber head. 2” face diameter, 3¼” head length on a 12” white hickory handle and, weighs 11 oz. (312 g). Use it for setting decorative nails or dowels and other frame elements without damage. Will prolong the life of punches when used for driving them.
K TOOMA5317 #6 Rubber Mallet
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
160 OR 33 MAGNET HAMMER
A specially-balanced tack hammer with solid head of bright bronze on a hickory handle. One end with a permanent magnet for picking up tacks, the other tipped with steel for driving the tacks home. The head is 5½” long, and the magnetic face is ¼”, while the steel-tipped end is ½” in diameter. The weight of the head is 7 oz. (198 g).
L TOOHA5101 160 or 33 Magnet Hammer
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
TOOMI1159
TOOMI1162
TOOMI1160
TOOMI1170
TOOMI1172
TOOMI1175 TOOMI1174 TOOMI1161 TOOMI1163
Jar Only
Stainless Steel Tube
Aluminum Tube
Air Valve Spring
Air Nozzle
Locknut
Nozzle Spring Fluid Nozzle
Stainless Steel Repair Kit
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
PATTERN-MAKING TOOLS
60” ALUMINUM RULER
These aluminum rulers are light and versatile. They double as a measuring stick and a straight edge. The numbers are printed on, not stamped into the ruler, thus giving a smooth, non-snagging surface when used as a straightedge.
Price Break: Each | 6 ea | 12 ea
HOLE PUNCH TOOLS
REVOLVING PUNCH
This product is a heavy duty punch with replaceable anvil and cutters. Strong metal construction. Useful for everything from punching holes for setting fasteners, to holes at the ends of cuts in vinyls to minimize chances of tearing (this process is recommended by Naugahyde® and is a good idea for any material that has a tendency to rip).
C TOOPU8017 #155 Revolving Hole Punch
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
REVOLVING PUNCH REPLACEMENTS
Order only the cutters you need, or just the anvil if it wears out first. These cutters just thread into place on the punch. A pair of pliers is all that is needed for installation. The anvil must be tapped out and the stem of the new one tapped in with a hammer.
TOOPU 8015
TOOPU 8016
TOOPU8018
TOOPU8019
TOOPU8020
TOOPU8012
TOOPU8011
ZIPPER TOOL
ZIPPER STOP PLIERS
Enables you to shorten zippers or make zippers of any length when working with continuous zipper tape. Helps to eliminate slippage and rotation of the zipper stops. Has a special groove that firmly holds the zipper stop in place. High quality forged steel with vinyl handle.
K TOOZI11010 Zipper Stop Pliers
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
#1 Cutting Tube
#2 Cutting Tube
#3 Cutting Tube
#4 Cutting Tube
#5 Cutting Tube
#6 Cutting Tube
Anvil
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
THREADS: GORE TENARA®
Remarkable thread manufactured from 100% expanded PTFE fi ber (commonly known as Tefl on ®). PTFE is one of the most chemically resistant substances known to man. This ensures it will not rot or develop mildew and prevents deterioration due to cleaning solutions, motor oils and other destructive substances.
Gore Tenara ® threads are not affected by ultraviolet radiation and will not degrade from continuous sun exposure. Other threads lose up to 35% of their strength in a 3-year period. It is unaffected by saltwater, temperature extremes and acid rain. Colors will not fade.
Ideal choice for outdoor fabric products such as awning and marine canvas. Pre-lubricated for a cooler running needle enabling sewing at higher speeds.
GORE TENARA® 1400 (92) THREADS
A B C D THRTE8418 THRTE8417 THRTE8416 THRTE8419
Gore Tenara® Thread (92)—Clear
Gore Tenara® Thread (92)—Black
Gore Tenara® Thread (92)—White
Gore Tenara® Thread (92)—Navy Blue
Break Strength: 8 lb (3.6 kg)
Price Break: Each (1,900 yd Spool) | 6 ea | 12 ea
GORE TENARA® 2500 (138) THREADS
A B C THRTE138418 THRTE138417 THRTE138416
Gore Tenara® Thread (138)—Clear
Gore Tenara® Thread (138)—Black
Gore Tenara® Thread (138)—White
Break Strength: 14–19 lb (6.4–8.6 kg).
Price Break: Each (1,150 yd Spool) | 6 ea | 12 ea
THREADS: POLYESTER
SUNGUARD B92 “G” BOBBINS
Prewound bobbins of Sunguard B92 UVR bonded polyester thread. Fits G-type bobbin holders as found on heavy-duty and industrial sewing machines.
Sunguard B92 is a 4-ply twisted, high-quality UVR bonded polyester thread. Color-matched to the most popular shades of acrylic fabrics and OEM automotive vinyls. These are the closest color match to Sunbrella ® canvas colors. Sunguard is UV resistant, anti-wick, mildew resistant with colorfast dyes and a breaking strength of 14 lb (6.2 kg). Specifi cally designed for use in boat tops, automotive and awnings. M N
THRSU9222416
THRSU9222916 Black Beaver OTHRSU9220116
THRSU922916 White Sand
Price Break: Spool (1 lb or ~4,600 yd) | Box (10 spools) Case (20 spools)
SUNGUARD UVR B92 BONDED
POLYESTER—½ LB
Sunguard B92 4-ply, twisted high-quality UVR bonded polyester thread in colors matched to the most popular shades of acrylic fabrics and OEM automotive vinyls. These are the closest color match to Sunbrella ® canvas colors. Sunguard is UV resistant, anti-wick, mildew resistant with colorfast dyes.
Break Strength: 14 lb (6.2 kg)
Price Break: Spool (½ lb or ~1,500 yd) | Box (10 spools) | Case (20 spools)
SUNGUARD UVR B92 BONDED POLYESTER—1 LB
Break Strength: 14 lb (6.2 kg)
Price Break: Spool (1 lb or ~4,600 yd) | Box (10 spools) | Case (20 spools)
SUNGUARD UVR B138 BONDED
POLYESTER—½ LB
Sunguard B138 4-ply, twisted high-quality UVR bonded polyester thread in colors matched to the most popular shades of acrylic fabrics and OEM automotive vinyls. These are the closest color match to Sunbrella ® canvas colors. UV resistant, anti-wick and mildew resistant with colorfast dyes.
Break Strength: 21 lb (9.5 kg)
Price Breaks: Spool (½ lb or ~1,500 yd) | Box (10 spools) | Case (20 spools)
SUNGUARD UVR B138 BONDED
POLYESTER—1 LB
Break Strength: 21 lb (9.5 kg)
Price Breaks: Spool (1 lb or ~3,000 yd) | Box (10 spools) | Case (20 spools)
Oyster
Sand
Beaver
Mocha
Beige
Saddle
Taupe
Bay Brown
Sunglow
Cardinal
Burgundy
Black Cherry
Sunflower
Concord
Blue Wave
Pacific Blue
Mediterranean
Adriatic Blue
Dusk Blue
Navy
Dark Teal
Ocean Green
Shamrock
Forest Green
Charcoal
Shark Grey
Pearl Grey
Black
THRSU 92202
THRSU92203
THRSU92229
THRSU92230
THRSU92204
THRSU92231
THRSU92227
THRSU92205
THRSU92206
THRSU92207
THRSU92208
THRSU92209
THRSU92212
THRSU92255
THRSU92213
THRSU92214
THRSU92225
THRSU92232
THRSU92215
THRSU 92216
THRSU92217
THRSU92218
THRSU92219
THRSU92220
THRSU92223
THRSU92222
THRSU92221
THRSU92224
Medium Titanium
Medium Opal
Graphite
White
THRSU138203
THRSU138229
THRSU138204
THRSU138231
THRSU138205
THRSU138207
THRSU138208
THRSU922916
THRSU9222916
THRSU138214
THRSU138215
THRSU138216
THRSU138218
THRSU138220
THRSU138223
THRSU138222
THRSU138224
THRSU9222416
THRSU92234
THRSU92235
THRSU92236
THRSU92201
THRSU138201
THRSU9220116
THRSU13820116
B92 Bonded Polyester—½ lb
B138 Bonded Polyester—½ lb
B92 Bonded Polyester—1 lb
B138 Bonded Polyester—1 lb
SUNSTOP UVR T90 BONDED POLYESTER —
1,350 YARDS
The T135 Sunstop thread is Twisted UVR Multifi lament Bonded Polyester.
Known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear with its controlled stretch and recovery properties. It is unaffected by mildew and rot. Finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils specially designed to provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Protects from needle heat to ensure good sewability and prevents fusing of thread and fabric yarns. Our 69 Nylon thread is UV-treated and has a good resistance to strength loss, although prolonged exposure to sunlight could cause some deterioration.
Break Strength: 11.5 lb Price Breaks: Spool (1 lb, or ~6,000 yd) | Box (10 spools) | Case (40 spools)
A THR69134129 Sta White L1 THR69136081 Fire Rd 2580 W2 THR69135520 Navy #3
B THR69130001 Natural M1 THR69135000 Scarlet X2 THR69167011 Midnight
C THR69135553 Cream N1 THR69135048 Red Y2 THR69134230 Salmon
D THR69134099 Beige O1 THR69136241 Scarlet Z2 THR69167069 Chinese Rust
100% continuous fi lament nylon with a bonded fi nish.
THRNY8403 THRNY8404
CSB138 Nylon—White
CSB138 Nylon—Black
Price Breaks: Spool (1 lb or ~3,000 yd) | Box (10 spools) | Case (20 spools)
PERMA CORE
A high performance, stretch resistant thread. The poly wrapped core construction allows forsuperior sewability on maual and automatic sewing machines. It also has excellent frictional characteristics for a more consistent stitch appearance.
--
THRPC248439
THRPC248441
THRPC408445
THRPC408446
Tex 24—White
Tex 24—Antique Crea
Tex 40—Black
Tex 40—White
Price Breaks: Spool (1 lb or ~3,000 yd) | Box (10 spools) | Case (20 spools)
PERMA SPUN -
THRPS278432
THRPS278433
THRPS278434
THRPS278437
THRPS458442
THRPS458443
THRPS458444
Perma Spun Tex 27 Black
Perma Spun Tex 27 White
Perma Spun Tex 27 Off White
Perma Spun Tex 27 Beige
Perma Spun Tex 45 Black
Perma Spun Tex 45 White
Perma Spun Tex 45 Off White
Price Breaks: Spool (1 lb or ~3,000 yd) | Box (10 spools) | Case (20 spools)
D-CORE
Cotton wrapped, poly-core sewing thread. A high performance, stretch resistant thread wiht excellent thread lubricant. The cotton wrapper provides great needle-heat resistance.
THRDC248431
THRDC1208421
THRDC1208423
THRDC1208422
THRDC1208427
THRDC1208425
THRDC1208426
THRDC1208428
THRDC1208429
THRDC1208424
Tex 24—Black
Tex 120—White
Tex 120—Natural
Tex 120—Black
Tex 120—Grey
Tex 120— Light Grey
Tex 120—Navy
Tex 120—Red
Tex 120—Light Brown
Tex 120—Olive Green
Price Breaks: Spool (1 lb or ~3,000 yd) | Box (10 spools) | Case (20 spools)
The Industry Leader In Polyester Thread
Added nanotechnology allows for 15% more strength compared to
binding & cordage
SUNBRELLA® BINDING
SUNBRELLA® DOUBLE FOLD BIAS BINDING
100% solution-dyed acrylic bindings made with Sunbrella ® yarns in double-fold form. Both ¾” and 1” binding are available in a range of the most popular colors to coordinate and finish your Sunbrella ® creations. Binding is cut on the bias for easier tailoring around corners. Will not fade or weaken from normal exposure conditions including sunlight, mildew, rot and atmospheric chemicals. All the features of Sunbrella products apply directly to this binding. Please refer to p.205 for Sunbrella’s care and cleaning instructions.
Roll Size: 100 yd Price Break: Spool | Box (5 spools) | Case (10 spools)
A - BINSUTRI4779 Beige
B BINSUNBB 4742 BINSUNBB4749 Black
C - BINSUTR I4989 Brass
D BINSUTR4743 BINSUNBP4757 Burgundy
E - BINSUTRI4773 Cadet Grey
F - BINSUNBB4754 Captain Navy
G - BINSUTRI4777 Charcoal Grey
H - BINSUTR I4998 Cocoa
I BINSUTR4961 BINSUNBB4755 Forest Green
J BINSUTR4971 BINSUTR I4979 Heather Beige
K - BINSUTRI 4760 Hemlock
L BINSUTR4966 BINSUTRI 4775 Linen
M BINSUTR4741 BINSUNBB 4758 Linen Tweed
N - BINSUTR P4955 Logo Red
O BINSUTR4976 BINSUTR I4999 Marine Blue
P - BINSUTRI4762 Mediterranean Blue
Q BINSUTR4959 BINSUTR I4981 Mediterranean Blue Tweed
R BINSUTR4740 BINSUNBB4747 Natural
S BINSUTR4751 BINSUNBB 4748 Navy
T BINSUTR4977 - Ocean Blue
U BINSUTRI4960 BINSUTRI 4761 Oyster
V BINSUTR4739 BINSUNBB 4746 Pacific Blue
W - BINSUTR I4985 Persian Green
X BINSUTR A12012 BINSUTR P4953 Jockey Red
Y BINSUTR12013 BINSUTRI4771 Royal Blue
Z BINSUTR4968 BINSUTRI4774 Silver
A1 - BINSUTR4954 Sunflower Yellow
B1 - BINSUTRI4767 Taupe
C1 BINSUTR4963 BINSUTRI4765 Toast
D1 BINSUTR4964 - Toast Tweed
E1 BINSUTR I12014 BINSUTRI4776 True Brown
F1 BINSUTR4973 - Wheat
SUNBRELLA® ⅞” CENTERFOLD BINDING
100% solution-dyed acrylic binding with a natural fold in the center tape to allow for a smooth and efficient fit. The woven fold prevents the binding from necking down when under tension. The blind side behaves the same as the front. Can be used with or without guides. All exposure and mildew resistant features of Sunbrella ® products are built into this binding. Please refer to p.205 for Sunbrella ®’s care and cleaning instructions.
Centerfold binding has a natural fold woven into itself (Figure 1). Unlike ordinary binding, centerfold binding will not pull and pucker as displayed in Figure 2.
is a registered trademark of Glen
Sunbrella®
Raven, Inc.
SUNBRELLA® BRAID
SUNBRELLA® 13/16” EUROPEAN-STYLE ACRYLIC BRAID
Sunbrella ®’s European-style acrylic braid is constructed from 100% solution-dyed acrylic yarn. This ensures that all the features of Sunbrella products apply directly to this binding. It features excellent exposure resistance to sun and atmospheric conditions. This binding has a fi ne, soft hand and is available in a range of 33 colors. Please refer to p.205 for Sunbrella ®’s care and cleaning instructions.
A BRASU503032 Aqua Marine P BRASU503094 Mediterranean Blue
B BRASU503020 Beige Q BRASU503016 Natural
C BRASU503037 Black R BRASU503029 Navy Blue
D BRASU503046 Blended Brown S BRASU503022 Pacific Blue
E BRASU503090 Brass T BRASU503024 Persian Green
F BRASU503025 Burgundy U BRASU503030 Red
G BRASU503036 Buttercup V BRASU503033 Sapphire
H BRASU503040 Captain Navy W BRASU503035 Sky Blue
I BRASU503097 Charcoal Grey X BRASU503092 Taupe
J BRASU503027 Forest Green Y BRASU503028 Terra Cotta
K BRASU503023 Green Z BRASU503091 Toast
L BRASU503021 Grey A1 BRASU503093 Turquoise
M BRASU503045 Ivory B1 BRASU503042 Yellow
N BRASU503041 Linen
O BRASU503039 Logo Red
Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.
TOP GUN BINDING: DOUBLE FOLD
Double-folded binding made from Top Gun polyester fabric for fi nishing projects. This material is saturated with an acrylic coating which makes it the ultimate in marine cover fabrics. Long-lasting color, high strength and breathability. Other features of this product include stain, mildew, abrasion and ultraviolet resistance. The coating of Top Gun will not peel, chip, fl ake or crack even at temperatures as low as -18°C (0°F).
Top Gun Binding can be cleaned with a mixture of 4 oz. (118 ml) of Clorox ® And 2 oz. (59 ml) of soap in 1 gallon (3.8L) of water. If necessary, the cleaning can be followed with re-treatment using Aqua-tite ® Protectant (#AERPR7166 and #AERPR7165, p.112) to ensure your product’s longevity.
STAMOID ® BINDING: TWO-FOLD
STAMOID ® TWO-FOLD BIAS BINDING
A vinyl binding made from high-quality Stamoid ® products, featuring all the specifications familiar to the Stamoid ® brand. The two-fold binding has outstanding UV resistance, dirt repellency and mildew resistance. The bindings are ideal as trim or bind for cushions, canopies, dodgers and biminis. Colors are a perfect match with Stamoid ® fabrics. Available in a ¾” width.
Topline bindings are ideal for convertible tops, simcons, tonneau covers, door panels, spare tire covers, floor mats, seats, convertible boots, boat tops, marine accessories or any outdoor applications.
Constructed of 7.6 gauge vinyl, coated on a ²⁄25” drill with a 17 oz. (482 g) finished weight in a Crush (Sierra) or Pinpoint grain. Mildew treated for outdoor use. Tear strength, cold flexibility and bond specifications meet OEM standards. Available in one edge turned, or two edge turned styles in the colors and grains listed here.
1¼” TOPLINE ONE EDGE TURNED BINDING
BINTO4772
BINTO4784
BINTO4786
BINTO4770
BINTO4788 GM White Pinpoint Black Pinpoint White Crush Black Crush Off White
1¼” (3.2cm) One Edge Turned Binding ¾” (1.9cm) Two Edge Turned Binding
VINYL BINDING
1¼” VINYL BIAS BINDING
Vinyl bias binding for automotive trimming. 100% polyvinyl chloride (PVC) face with a poly-cotton backing (65% polyester and 35% cotton). Cut on the bias for maximum strength. One edge folded under to give a width of 1¼”. Ideal for the finishing touch on auto carpets, interior trim pieces, etc. To speed installation, see the Trim Folders on p.85-86.
BINVI5009
BINVI5004
BINVI4944
BINVI4943
BINVI 5010
BINVI4940
BINVI4948
BINVI4945
BINVI5008 Almond Black Blue Camel Charcoal White Off-White Maroon Grey
Grosgrain black nylon binding in two widths for trimming bags, apparel and other nylon or leather products. Can be used anywhere twill tape is used for binding seams. Woven to each width with finished edges, not cut.
Price Breaks: Roll (100 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
BINDING: POLYESTER TWILL
Polyester twill tape is used for binding and edging.
A
BINTW9840
BINTW9841
BINTW9842
BBINTW9845
¾” Polyester Twill Tape—White
¾” Polyester Twill Tape—Black
1” Polyester Twill Tape—White
1” Polyester Twill Tape—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (109 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
WIRE ON BINDING
Traditional style binding that is stitched in place on the edge of the cover, then used to wire in place on the frame with hog rings or other fasteners.
C BINWI5002 ¾” Repp Wire On Binding—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (25 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
POLYPROPYLENE ROPE
Monofilament “polyprop” is the lightest, most widely used, economical rope on the market. The Polyprop rope strength exceeds that of Manila ropes, while also providing reliable specifications, such as long life, flexibility in cold temperatures and excellent resistance to most acids and alkalines. It also features good impact loading and will float on water.
Suitable for a wide variety of applications including commercial fishing lines, towing and mooring lines, electrical line stringing, utility rope, scaffolding rope and more. The product is rated at medium for elongation and stretch; rated excellent for mildew, acid and alkali resistance; fair resistance to sunlight and organic solvents.
Price Break: Roll (2125’) Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
Please see p.76-82 for Rope Cutters
AWNING CORDS
DRAWSTRING CORDS
NYLON DRAWSTRING CORDS—DIAMOND BRAID
For bag and apparel applications.
D CORDR6695 #3.5 7/64” Nylon Cord—White
Break Strength: 440 lb (200 kg)
NYLON AWNING CORDS
Price Break: Roll (1000’) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
A CORAW6701 #4 ⅛” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White
Break Strength: Roll (660 lb / 300 kg)
B CORAW6704 #5 5/32” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White
Break Strength: 700 lb (318 kg)
C CORAW6705 #6 3/16” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White
Break Strength: 1000 lb (453 kg)
Price Break: Roll (1000’) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
Price Breaks: Roll (250’) | Box (6 Rolls) | Case (32 Rolls)
POLYPROPYLENE DRAWSTRING CORDS
For bag and apparel applications.
E F CORDR11190 CORDR11194 5/32” Polypropylene Drawstring—Black 5/32” Polypropylene Drawstring—White
Roll Size: 250 yd
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (25 Rolls)
CORD LOCKS
JACKET CORD LOCKS
Delrin jacket string locks for use in various garment applications.
G H CORLO2210 CORLO2214 Jacket Cord Lock—Black Flat Top Jacket Cord Lock—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
SQUARE CORD LOCKS
I CORLO 2211 Square Cord Lock—Black
Price Break: Bag (100) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
BALL CORD LOCK
Sliding ball cord lock in black.
J CORLO2213 Ball Cord Lock—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
WHEEL LOCK
Sliding and locking cord adjuster in black.
K CORLO 2216 Wheel Lock—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 bags)
NYLON SHOCK CORDS
A CORSH6679 ⅛” Nylon Shock Cord—Black
Used as drawstrings in apparel items.
Price Breaks: Roll (166 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
B CORSH6680 3/16” Nylon Shock Cord—White
Light nylon bungee cord. Cord length is customizable using the hooks on p.103.
Price Breaks: Roll (144 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
POLYPROPYLENE SHOCK CORD
Bungee cord in polypropylene material, which has all the characteristics of polypropylene and is available in bulk for use in apparel, bag and other projects. Be sure to also see the Delrin Shock Cord Hooks #BAGHO2722 and #BAGHO2723.
F CORSH6683 3/16” Polypropylene Shock Cord—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (167yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
Price Breaks: Bag (25) | Box (4 Bags) Case (20 Bags)
PRODUCT INFO
SCOTCHLITE™ FLUORESCENT FIRE-RETARDANT TAPE
A highly reflective fabric consisting of exposed wide-angle lenses bonded to durable cloth backing composed of 94% polyester and 6% cotton. It is lightweight and flexible, and has an enhanced daytime appearance. This provides high attention value when the visibility decreases, particularly at dawn or dusk. The nighttime appearance is a brilliant orange or yellow and provides reflectivity based on a wide range of light source angles. This material can be attached to a broad range of medium and heavy-weight fabrics. It has been tested for flame-resistance according to the Federal Test Method Standard 191A, Method 5903. Average char length is less than 6” (15.2 cm).
APPLICATION TO FABRIC:
Sew in place using a lock-stitch with no more than 12 stitches per 1” and placed at least ⁄ ” from the edge of the reflective fabric.
CAUTION:
Use of a Teflon-coated needle may extend needle life. Do not apply this product to highly elastic materials.
CUT TING:
The material can be hand-cut, die-cut or guillotined.
CARE INSTRUCTIONS (These are guidelines for the care of the product, please test application first):
Maximum shrinkage is 3%. Recommended shelf life is two years and should be stored in a cool, dry area. Rolls should be stored on a rod or pipe through core.
SCOTCHLITE™ TAPES
Ennis Fabrics is an authorized distributor of the 3M™ lineup of reflective tapes, films and materials. While these products are primarily products used in garments, they have many applications. Reflective Tapes are often incorporated into sports bags, runners, and accessories for athletes and joggers as well as clothing. Please remember that the items that are stocked represent the most popular items in this line. There are many other products available. We can provide immediate service on the stocked items. Other items are readily available on a special order basis.
PLEASE NOTE: While use of Scotchlite™ reflective material does greatly enhance visibility, no reflective material can assure absolute visibility, particularly in adverse weather.
SCOTCHLITE™ HIGH GLOSS TAPES
This reflective material has a glossy vinyl coating that gives it a shimmering, almost wet look. This item consists of retroreflective microprisms formed on flexible, glossy and UV-stabilized polymeric film.
A TAPRE11150 6187 2” High Gloss—Lime-Yellow
Roll Size: 109 yd
Price Breaks: Yard | Box (25 yd) | Roll (109 yd)
SCOTCHLITE™ FLUORESCENT FIRE RETARDANT TAPES
This is a highly reflective fabric consisting of exposed wide-angle lenses bonded to durable cloth backing composed of 94% Polyester and 6% Cotton. Lightweight and flexible, this material can be attached to a broad range of medium and heavyweight fabrics. FR tested according to Federal Test Method Standard 191A, Method 5903.
Scotchlite™ Silver Fabric is composed of wide-angle, exposed retroreflective lenses bonded to a durable poly-cotton cloth backing. This fabric contains an aluminum layer as part of its construction. Blemishing of this aluminum layer can occur in prolonged exposure to temperatures greater than 26°C (80°F), or humid conditions greater than 70% relative humidity. These blemishes do not affect the performance of the product.
F TAPRE11160 8925 2” Silver Fabric
Roll Size: 109 yd
Price Breaks: Yard | Box (25 yd) | Roll (109 yd)
SCOTCHLITE™ VEST TRIM
Scotchlite™ Vest Trim is designed to enhance 24-hour visibility. It combines a bright fluorescent element with a highly reflective silver stripe. The fluorescent is especially noticeable in conditions of poor visibility, particularly at dusk and dawn. This material can be attached to a wide range of light and medium-weight fabrics, but is not recommended for attachment to highly elastic materials.
G TAPRE11131 8471 2” Lime/Silver Vest Trim
Price Breaks: Yard | Box (100 yd) | Roll (327 yd)
SCOTCHLITE™ REFLECTIVE FABRIC TRIM TAPES
Scotchlite™’s Reflective Tapes can be attached to a wide range of light and medium-weight fabrics, but is not recommended for attachment to highly elastic materials. Uses include accessories, uniforms, rain wear, jackets, active wear, head wear, backpacks, armbands, straps, belts, cutout letters and numbers, patches, and crests.
CTAPRE11132 TAPRE11133 8910 ½” Silver Fabric Trim 8910 1” Silver Fabric Trim
Roll Size: 218 yd
Price Breaks: Yard | Box (25 yd) | Roll (218 yd)
- TAPRE11135 8910 2” Silver Fabric Trim
Roll Size: 218 yd
Price Breaks: Yard | Box (25 yd) | Roll (218 yd)
SCOTCHLITE™ IRON-ON TRANSFER FILM
A highly reflective material with a wide angle reflectivity designed to enhance night visibility of the wearer. A removable plastic liner protects the heat-activated (ironon) dry adhesive on the back of the film. The transfer film is suitable for light to medium-weight fabrics and have very good stretch properties. D
TAPRE11120 8710 ½” Silver Transfer Film
Roll Size: 200 yd
Price Breaks: Yard | Box (25 yd) | Roll (200 yd)
TAPRE11121
TAPRE11122 8710 ¾” Silver Transfer Film 8710 1” Silver Transfer Trim
Roll Size: 218 yd
Price Breaks: Yard | Box (25 yd) | Roll (200 yd)
- TAPRE11158 8787 2” Lime-Yellow Transfer Film
Roll Size: 218 yd
Price Breaks: Yard | Box (50 yd) | Roll (218 yd)
SCOTCHLITE™ FIRE-RETARDANT INDUSTRIAL
WASH SEW-ON
8940 Silver Industrial Wash Flame Resistant fabric is composed of wide-angle, exposed retroreflective lenses bonded with a special polymer layer to an aramid backing. 8940 meets or exceeds the following tests as specified in NFPA 1971 Standard, 2000 Edition, ANSI/ISEA 107-1999 and EN471 Class 2 retroreflective performance specifications.
A A TAPRE11162 TAPRE11157 8940 1” Silver FR Industrial Wash Sew-On 8940 2” Silver FR Industrial Wash Sew-On
Roll Size: 218 yd
Price Breaks: Yard | Box (50 yd) | Roll (218 yd)
SCOTCHLITE™ PRESSURE-SENSITIVE REFLECTIVE TAPE
Scotchlite™ Pressure-Sensitive Tape offers the enhanced daytime/nighttime visibility of the wearer. Meets flame-resistant test 191A, Method 5903. A highly aggressive product with 3M™ adhesive, it is applicable for hard surfaces such as helmets, in-line skates, sports active protective pads, bicycles, etc.
B TAPRE11123 8830 1” Silver Pressure Sensitive Tape
Roll Size: 109 yd
Price Breaks: Yard | Box (25 yd) | Roll (109 yd)
APPLICATION TO FABRIC:
Sew in place using a lock stitch with no more than 12 stitches per 1” and placed at least ⁄ ” from the edge of the reflective fabric.
THREAD RECOMMENDATION: 100% polyester or appropriate thread for flame-resistant applications.
Whenever two or more pieces of 9920 Industrial Wash fabrics are used together on a single surface or as a set, they should be matched to ensure uniform daytime color and nighttime or low-light reflectivity.
CUTTING:
The material can be hand-cut, die-cut or guillotined.
CARE INSTRUCTIONS:
Stain treatment wash may reduce the life of 9920. Use low-medium alkaline, high surfactant detergents. Do not use solvenated surfactants. Do not use chlorine bleach.
Maximum wash temperature: 75°C (165°F)
Break/Suds Cycle: <20 minutes total
Tunnel Dry: ≤160°C (300°F)
Tumble Dry: Maximum 90°C (195°F)
Drying Time: ≤7 minutes
Pressing: ≤150°C (300°F)
Note: Recommended shelf life is two years and should be stored in a cool, dry area. Rolls should be stored on a rod or pipe through core.
MARINE TRANSFER TAPE
This product is a high-tack acrylic double-coated tape, designed to provide high initial adhesion and excellent bond to most canvas and acrylic fabrics. Simply roll tape on the fabric where the seam is to be made. The tape holds firmly to prevent slippage during sewing and helps to prevent seam leakage.
A B TAPETR7991 TAPETR7992 ¼” Marine Transfer Tape ½” Marine Transfer Tape
Price Breaks: Roll (36 yd) | Box (12 Rolls) | Case (72 Rolls)
PACKING PRODUCTS
HAND STRETCH FILM
This product features increased puncture resistance, elevated tear resistance, superior optics and maximum load retention for a secure cling. Reduced neckdown lower packaging costs and reduces the initial film’s width. Quiet unwind eliminates the distracting noise generated by many films. Roll is 492 yd.
C TAPMI7987 12.8” Hand Stretch Film
Price Breaks: Roll | Box (4 rolls) | Case (8 rolls)
CARTON SEALING TAPE & DISPENSER
The 2” Carton Sealing Tape is an all-around polypropylene packaging tape with good moisture and impact resistance. Use with the sturdy and durable dispenser for tapes from 1½”–2” wide.
A patented grommet-free lacing system to securely attach awnings, canopies, boat covers, tents and other outdoor applications. E-Z Lace is a product introduced to avoid the need for expensive installation, special equipment and additional manufacturing steps associated with traditional grommet installation. E-Z Lace provides long-term strength while also offering mildew and UV resistance.
TRIEZ 296604
TRIEZ296601
TRIEZ296003 Natural Pacific Blue Jockey Red
Price Break: Roll (50 yd) | Box (4 Rolls) | Case (8 Rolls)
USING E-Z LACE
A 1” reinforced side hole makes lacing easy and quick, while the 3” spacing between holes increases manufacturing design flexibility. Lace awning cords through the slits and secure to the awning frame.
WELT
100% PVC welting cord with slit flanges for easy tailoring of corners. ⅛” diameter welting designed specifically for the sport bag and accessory industry.
WELT—PREMIER
D TRIWE9719 Premier Welt—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (250 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
WELT—EMBOSSED
TRIWE9834
TRIWE9836
TRIWE9838
TRIWE9849
TRIWE9897 Navy White Bright Red Black Buckskin
Price Breaks: Roll (100 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
J WELT
Used to repair truck and tractor seats. The welt is sewn to the bottom of the cover, then snapped over the lower edge of the seat pan frame. Can be used anywhere there is a lip for the welt to hook over. Soft pliable plastic can be sewn by industrial machines.
The Midship Hydem Gimp is center-split, a unique feature created by the two flaps that open up to a center well where staples or tacks are applied. The flaps will then close back over the well to hide the nail heads and staples for a clean, finished double-welt appearance. Available to match all 27 colors of our Midship fabric (p.8).
Price Break: Roll (50 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
A TRIHYMID 9009 Black
B TRIHYMID6 White
C TRIHYMID222 Hunter Green
D TRIHYMID3 Royal Blue
E TRIHYMID33 Navy
F TRIHYMID34 Teal Green
G TRIHYMID67 Mushroom
H TRIHYMID87 Brown
I TRIHYMID1 Red
J TRIHYMID98 Medium Grey
K TRIHYMID333 Azure
L TRIHYMID17 Burgundy
M TRIHYMID6003 Ivory
N TRIHYMID6009 Oyster White
O TRIHYMID61 Mystic White
P TRIHYMID649 Almond
Q TRIHYMID66 Off White
R TRIHYMID696 Bright White
SNAP-ON TRIM
A flexible plastic wind lace with a metal core and leather grain surface. For snap-on installation on pinch-welded seams. Suitable for import or domestic autos, interior, or exterior use.
B1 TRIMI8400 Snap-On Trim—Black
S TRIHYMID8 Chocolate
T TRIHYMID805 Spice
U TRIHYMID84 Rust
V TRIHYMID8884 Rawhide
W TRIHYMID9006 Light Grey
X TRIHYMID905 Seagull
Y TRIHYMID969 Dark Grey
Z TRIHYMID97 Steel
A1 TRIHYMID99 Mid Grey
Price Breaks: Roll (100’) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
SPONGE ROD
Sponge rod is used for shimming and bolstering worn and shrunken weather stripping around car doors and trunks.
C1 TRIWE7579 ½” Sponge Rod
Price Breaks: Roll (30yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
C1
B1
⅝” WELT: MIDSHIP
Similar to the Midship Hydem Gimp, the Midship Welt cord is meant to be used to dress up and finish seams. Midship Welt is available to match all 27 colors of our Midship fabric (p.8).
Price Break: Roll (50 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls) Please
A TRIWEMID9009 Black
B TRIWEMID6 White
C TRIWEMID222 Hunter Green
D TRIWEMID3 Royal Blue
E TRIWEMID33 Navy
F TRIWEMID34 Teal Green
G TRIWEMID67 Mushroom
H TRIWEMID87 Brown
I TRIWEMID1 Red
J TRIWEMID98 Medium Grey
K TRIWEMID333 Azure
L TRIWEMID17 Burgundy
M TRIWEMID6003 Ivory
N TRIWEMID6009 Oyster White
O TRIWEMID61 Mystic White
P TRIWEMID649 Almond
Q TRIWEMID66 Off White
R TRIWEMID696 Bright White
S TRIWEMID8 Chocolate
T TRIWEMID805 Spice
U TRIWEMID84 Rust
V TRIWEMID8884 Rawhide
W TRIWEMID9006 Light Grey
X TRIWEMID905 Seagull
Y TRIWEMID969 Dark Grey
Z TRIWEMID97 Steel
A1 TRIWEMID99 Mid Grey
cleaners, protectants, & adhesives
Aerosols & Protectants Applications Chart
The following is a quick reference to help select the right product for the right job. The products listed are the manufacturers’ recommendations. See the full product descriptions throughout the catalogue for more information.
Note: Some of the products perform more than one function (i.e. clean, polish, protect).
SURFACE PREPARATION
Product Part #
Upholstery & Trim Vinyls Vinyl Prep AERCL9646
Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics Sand Free AERCL9648
Unsandable Metal/Fiberglass Sand Free AERCL9648
Unsandable Textured Surface Sand Free AERCL9648
COLOR CHANGE
Upholstery Vinyls, Leather
Auto Trim Carpet Sections
Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics
PROTECTANT
Awnings (Sunbrella ® Acrylic)
Color Coated Vinyls
Vinyls, Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics
Upholstery Fabrics (most)
Product Part #
SEM Vinyl Coat See p.120
SEM Vinyl Coat See p.120
SEM Vinyl Coat See p.120
Product
303® Fabric Guard
SEM Vinyl Coat Clear
Part #
See p.113
See p.120
Stamoid Vinyl Protectant CLEST7094
303® Aerospace Protectant
303® Fabric Guard
Canvas Canvak
303® Fabric Guard
Carpet
Fiberglass
Multi-Use
Sewn Seams
Plastic Windows
303® Fabric Guard
See p.113
See p.113
AERPR7199
See p.113
See p.113
Metal Polish CLEIO7109
Aqua-tite Green
Iosso Repellent
AERPR7166
AERPR7103
Metal Polish CLEIO7109
Iosso Seam Sealer
AERPR7106
Klear-to-Sea CLEPL7168
IMAR Strataglass Protective Polish CLEST7091
LUBRICANTS & SILICONES
LUBRICANTS & SILICONES
A AERCL7108 Iosso® E-Z Snap® Lubricant—1.5oz (42.5g)
E-Z Snap lubricates, waterproofs, protects and reduces friction on snaps, zippers, hinges and hardware. This is a non-staining, non-solvent nonsilicone, non-toxic formula. An easy-to-place gel that will not run. Place one drop in the head of the snap, then close and open a few times. Place a few drops down the center of a zipper. Work the zipper a few times to distribute the lubricant.
Price Breaks: Each | Case (24 ea)
B AERSI7175 JEF Spray Silicone—14oz. (400g)
An economical all-purpose lubricant that stops squeaking, sticking, binding and slows corrosion. Use on any surface—metal, glass, rubber, plastic, painted fi nishes and fabrics. Non-staining and non-toxic. Can be used on food product equipment, sewing equipment, cutting equipment and sewing tables to reduce drag. Helps fi ght rust on dies, rubber molds and precision equipment. Can be used to ease cover placement on foam cushions.
Price Breaks: Each | Box (24 ea) | Case (60 ea)
WATER REPELLENT FINISH
WATER-RESISTANT FINISH
A heavy-duty, water-resistant fi nish for tents, tarpaulins and covers manufactured with canvas. It contains fungicides for mildew resistance. Canvak ® Canvas preservative is a clear wax-based compound that can be used for rewaterproofi ng heavy-duty textiles. It does not leave a residue, or a tacky or greasy feeling. Use it on rental tents and covers for an economical re-treating.
C AERPR7199 Canvak® Canvas Preservative—1 gal. (4.5 L)
A multipurpose lubricant and form release that will not interfere with post-fi nishing operations. Maintain adequate ventilation in work area. Store in a cool dry place away from excess heat.
D AERSI7182 Grip Slip Paintable Silicone—14 oz. (400 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Case (12 ea)
SILICONES—SLUYTER SUPER SLIP
A widely-used lubricant for sewing, cushion stuffi ng and cutting tables. Use on foams and paddings, inside covers for ease of placing cushions, on needles, feed plates and table surfaces. Use on blades, tables and dies for cutting. Invisible product leaves no trace on fabrics. Also invaluable as a general lubricant for joints, hinges, sliders, blades, etc. Can be used to waterproof electronics and ignition systems on automobiles. Anywhere friction is causing problems, silicone can be used to reduce it.
E AERSI7171
Super Slip Silicone—14 oz. (400 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (12 ea) | Case (60 ea)
F AERSI7172 Super Slip Silicone—3.5 qt. (4 L)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (4 ea) | Case (12 ea)
- AERSI7173
Super Slip Silicone—17.5 qt. (20 L)
Price Break: Pail | Box (5 pail) | Case (10 pail)
AQUA-TITE ® GREEN WATER REPELLENT
Aqua-Tite ® is a premium grade dual-action water and stain repellent. Eco-friendly green and clean technology product. Lower levels of VOCs (Volatile Organic Compounds) than current regulations. Use on awnings, boat covers, canvas, tarpaulins, outdoor furnishings and any synthetic or natural fi ber fabric (acrylic, cotton, nylon, polypropylene, polyester, leather and cotton blends).
One gallon of this product covers 500–700 ft 2, depending on absorbency of fabric. Water drops just “bead and roll off” AquaTite ® treated products. Aqua-Tite ® provides outstanding protection against aqueous-based stains such as soda and grape juice. It also resists dirt and oil-based stains such as animal droppings, motor oil and lubricants while enhancing the tone of the fabric. Aqua-Tite ® has very good durability to outdoor weathering.
G AERPR7166
H AERPR7165
Aqua-Tite® Green Water Repellent—32 oz. (946 ml)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (12 ea)
Aqua-Tite® Green Water Repellent—1 gal. (3.8 L)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
303® FABRIC GUARD
303 ® PROTECTANTS
303
® AEROSPACE PROTECTANT
303® Aerospace Protectant—16 oz. (473 ml)
Price Breaks: Each | Case (6 ea)
303 ® Aerospace Protectant provides the ultimate sun-blocking technology that keeps items looking new and lasting longer. It protects vinyl, synthetic/natural rubber, plastic, painted surfaces, tonneau covers, fi nished leather, gelcoat fi berglass, RV awnings, EPDM, pressedpolished sheet, engine hoses, boat seats and fenders, door and trunk seals, infl atable boats, all-weather wicker, and patio furniture frames. F G AERPR7303
Professional grade water repellency technology. Manufacturerapproved and tested. Resists soiling and helps to impede mildew formation. Protects all indoor and outdoor fabrics, carpet and upholstery. Can be used on all natural/synthetic fi ber, solution-dyed acrylic, carpeting, upholstery, patio furniture, and auto interiors.
Iosso ® Water Repellent is effective on all fabrics. It protects fabric from water, soils, oils, bird droppings and environmental pollutants. It resists mildew and stains and increases weatherability. It will not change the color, feel or breathability of the fabric. Recommended for use on awnings, canopies, tents, patio furniture cushions, umbrellas, spa covers, tarps, boat covers, bimini tops, hunting fabrics, camping gear, leather synthetics and vinyls. Solution is ready-to-use or concentrated in a nonsolvent and non-silicone formula.
IOSSO ® WATER REPELLENT
Iosso® Water Repellent Concentrate—1 Pail = 1 gal. (3.8 L)
One gallon of concentrate makes 5 gallons of mixed solution for total coverage of 780ft 2 .
Ideal for boat covers, awnings, tents, backpacks and almost any other situation where a water-tight seam is required. Seam Sealer will not change the look or feel of your fabric. For best results, use with cotton, cotton-blends, polyester and synthetic woven fabrics. While Seam Sealer may be used on vinyl-coated or laminated fabrics, the water repellency will vary.
Clean mold, mildew, dirt and algae stains from virtually every boat surface. Just add water to the biodegradable powder and soak the solution into the soiled areas. Can be used on vinyl, plastic, canvas, carpeting, wood, fiberglass, painted surfaces, sails and accessories.
Please Note: 12 oz. (340 g) jar makes 3 gallon (11.4 L) of solution. 65oz (1.84 kg pail makes 16 gallons (60.6 L) of solution.
IOSSO ® MILDEW STAIN REMOVER
CLEIO7101 CLEIO7100
Iosso® Mildew Stain Remover Concentrate—Pail = 65 oz. (1.84 kg)
Iosso® Mildew Stain Remover Concentrate—12 oz. (340 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Case (6 ea)
A quick and easy application that leaves a brilliant, shiny protective coating. Can be used on brass, copper, chrome, stainless steel, aluminum, magnesium, silver, gold, porcelain, fiberglass, Plexiglas, hard plastics and painted surfaces.
IOSSO ® METAL POLISH
E CLEIO7109
Iosso® Metal Polish—3 oz. (85 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Case (12 ea)
SOLVENT/CLEANER
A ADHBU1141 C699 Solvent/Cleaner—4 qt. (3.8 L)
C699 solvent/cleaner is a dichloromethane base solvent that can be used to thin out Sluyter’s 478 Foam Adhesive (#ADHBU1123 and #ADHBU1124), and other Helmiprene products, as well as to clean equipment used with these and similarly-based adhesives.
Price Breaks: Each | Box (4 ea) | Case (8 ea)
MARINE WINDOW
This environmentally safe product eliminates the necessity for multiple cleaners. It safely cleans and protects glass and plastics. It is anti-static and anti-fog, fills in minor scratches and imperfections, protects from salt spray damage and cleans with no streaks or smudging. Use on mirrors, glass, plastics, clear vinyls, Plexiglas, and Lexan.
B CLEPL7168 Klear-to-Sea—16 oz. (473 ml)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
303 ® MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER
Ultimate cleaning power with no residue. Safely brightens and rejuvenates surfaces. Removes oils, grease, ink, liquids and much more! Safe for all water-safe materials.
C CLEAC7202 303® Multi-Surface Cleaner—32oz. (950ml)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
IMAR STRATAGLASS CLEANER AND POLISH
Both the Strataglass Protective Cleaner (#CLEST7090) and Protective Polish (#CLEST7091) are formulated to clean, shine and protect Strataglass and the Strataglass scratch-resistant protective coating. Using the Protective Cleaner frequently between polishing will rejuvenate the protective qualities of the Protective Polish.
D CLEST7090
Strataglass Protective Cleaner—16 oz. (473 ml)
Special UV inhibitors extend the life of Strataglass by minimizing the deteriorating effects of sunlight. Safe to use daily.
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
IMAR STAMOID CLEANER
Gently but thoroughly cleans Stamoid and other marine vinyls. Frequent use is recommended, particularly in areas of environmental pollution. Application of Stamoid Marine Vinyl Protective Spray (#CLEST7094) between cleaning will ensure the vinyl’s like-new appearance.
F CLEST7096 #603 Stamoid Vinyl Cleaner—16oz. (473ml)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
IMAR STAMOID PROTECTIVE CREAM
Cleans, shines and protects marine vinyl. A polymer-based formula designed to protect Stamoid and other vinyl in marine environments, while ensuring the retention of like-new suppleness and luster. With UV protection, static resistance and life-extending plasticizers, this proprietary formulation causes molecular bonding which creates a nearly-invincible protective barrier. Recommended usage ever 2–3 months.
G CLEST 7092 #601 Stamoid Vinyl Protective Cream—16 oz. (473 ml)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
IMAR STAMOID VINYL PROTECTIVE SPRAY
Cleans, shines and protects Stamoid Marine vinyl and works equally well on similar vinyl products. UV protection, coupled with the rejuvenation effects of included plasticizers, helps defeat age-induced brittleness and assures a longer product life. Enhances the protective qualities of Stamoid Marine Protective Cream (#CLEST7092).
H CLEST7094 #602 Stamoid Vinyl Protective Spray—16 oz. (473 ml)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
E CLEST 7091
Strataglass Protective Polish—16oz. (473 ml)
Strataglass Protective Polish is recommended for use every 2–3 months. In areas of high fallout, use ever 4–6 weeks.
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
ADHESIVE APPLICATION CHART
The following is a quick reference to help select the right product for the right job. The products listed are the manufacturers’ recommendations. See the full product descriptions throughout the catalogue for more information.
Note: Some of the products perform more than one function (i.e. clean, polish, protect).
FOAM TO: Product Part #
Foam 80 Supertrim Adhesive
ADHAE1041
JEF Bond 99 ADHAE1119
Fabric 80 Supertrim Adhesive ADHAE1041
JEF Bond 99 ADHAE1119
Other Surfaces
JEF Bond 99 ADHAE1119
EC 2218 ADHBU1128
VINYL TO: Product Part #
Fabric JEF Bond 99
Wood, Metal, Plastic
ADHAE1119
Helmiprene 4510 ADHBU1139
JEF Bond 3000 ADHBU1147
JEF Bond 99 ADHAE1119
Helmiprene 4510 ADHBU1139
JEF Bond 3000 ADHBU1147
TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS
Some adhesives fall under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act. While this does not prohibit the shipping of these items, there are charges incurred by various carriers in order to cover the expense of the administrative and special handling requirements of the act. These items will have a Dangerous Goods Handling Fee attached to them. This fee will vary from carrier to carrier; the Customer Service Center can inform you at the time you place your order of the amount of surcharge, if applicable.
A non-flammable high-performance neoprene spray-grade contact adhesive designed for versatility. It is fast-drying with high heat resistance and excellent for hand-spraying operations. Excellent bond adhesion to a variety of substrates. Please see p.111 for applications chart.
Dries to a natural color. Stainless steel equipment recommended as the solvent will react with aluminum alloys at normal temperatures. Use with our 118 Spray Gun (#TOOMI1158, P.87) and with our Stainless Steel Kit.
A ADHBU1139 Helmiprene 4510 Adhesive—Natural Color 5 gal. (18.9 L)
Specialist in PVC tarpaulin materials. This product features exceptional bond strength. Brushes smooth and dries fast. Ready in minutes.
Waterproof, good resistance to weather and temperature extremes, chemicals, oils, fuels and grease. Can be used for fabricating, repairing, sealing stitches/seams, etc. Remains flexible. A superior quality vinyl adhesive that really works. See p.111 for applications chart.
A high-strength adhesive from 3M used extensively for auto trims, headliners, door panels or any cloth to metal applications. Known for its long bonding range, rapid rate of strength buildup, high adhesion to steel, high temperature softening point and excellent spray qualities. This product requires a stainless steel tube when spraying. Easily sprayed with our 118 Spray Gun (#TOOMI1158, p.87).
A ADHAE1041 80 Supertrim Adhesive—18oz. (510 g)
Spray adhesive from 3M for rubber and vinyl is a highstrength neoprene contact adhesive. Excellent heat resistance, maintaining strength at temperatures up to 93°C (200°F). For full applications chart, see p.117. Not recommended for polyethylene or polypropylene. Faster drying than traditional contact cements, with a tack range up to 30 minutes. It will not break down with heat or water, so it is ideal for heavy-weight headliners, hood silencer pads and vinyl tops. Contains no ozone-depleting ingredients.
Price Breaks: Each | Case (12 ea)
B ADHAE1119 JEF Bond 99 Trim Adhesive—12 oz. (340 g)
JEF Bond 99’s unique lace spray pattern offers low soak-in for a better, soft, pliable bond. Its fan spray tip allows for controlled placement of the glue. This product is fast-tacking and offers higher temperature resistance than most pressure-sensitive adhesives. For full applications chart, see p.117. Not recommended for non-backed vinyl fabric. Do not use on plasticized vinyl or copper. Complete directions are listed on the can.
Price Breaks: Each | Case (12 ea)
Price Break: Pail | Box (5 pails) | Case (10 pails) D E ADHBU1147
ADHBU1148
JEF Bond 3000 Adhesive—1.1 gal. (4 L)
JEF Bond 3000 requires a two-surface application to work material or insufficient solids will compromise the results. An economical alternative to traditional trim adhesives. This product has a shelf-life of one year. Flammable. Do not mix with other adhesives.
SEM Color Coat is a solvent base, elastomeric product formulated for aerosol application to renew or change the color of any vinyl, since it is a coating not a dye. Meant to be used with SEM’s Sand Free plastic preparation product. Finish with SEM’s Vinyl Clear Coat finishes for long-lasting durability.
Price Breaks: Each (12oz. or 340g) | Case (6 ea)
- AERVI9658 25 Titan Metallic
- AERVI 9636 Silver Metallic
- AERVI9597 Gloss Black
- AERVI 9689 45 Gloss White
- AERVI 9599 Satin Black
- AERVI 9673 60 Sailcloth White
- AERVI 9600 01 Landau Black
- AERVI 9663 31 White
- AERVI 9640 16 Presidio
- AERVI 9614 17 Camel
- AERVI 9668 30 Graphite
- AERVI9680 12 Santa Fe
- AERVI 9604 06 Burgundy
- AERVI 9611 11 Firethorn Red
- AERVI 9622 00 Phantom White
- AERVI 9662 27 Napa Red
- AERVI 9616 18 Warm Grey
A AERVI 9606 09 Light Buckskin
- AERVI 9682 39 Medium Gray
- AERVI 9678 64 Pacific Blue
- AERVI 9601 36 Portola Red
- AERVI 9610 10 Super White
SEM VINYL FINISHES
B AERVI9654 Low Luster Clear
C AERVI 9656 High Gloss Clear
D AERVI9679 01 Satin Gloss Clear
Price Breaks: Each | Case (6 ea)
TIPS FOR USING SEM SAND FREE
SEM PRE-COLOR TREATMENTS
E AERCL9646
SEM Vinyl Prep—15.5 oz. (439 g)
Ensures full adhesion of the SEM Color Coat line. Cleans the vinyl surface of all traces of wax and grease. Also creates a slight softening of the vinyl film to ensure that the Color Coat gets a good “tooth.” Rinse with water and allow to dry.
Price Breaks: Each | Case (6 ea)
F AERCL9648
Apply a light “dry” coat of Sand Free before painting. Avoid heavy applications as they will cause runs or sags. Do not allow Sand Free to dry completely before application of color coats. If Sand Free has completely evaporated, the pores of the substrate will be closed, which will result in a loss of adhesion.
Follow the Sand Free layer with a coat of Color Coat or paint while Sand Free is still wet. After the first color or paint coat is dry, continue with normal painting procedures.
SEM Sand Free—13 oz. (369 g)
Sand Free is a blend of rich solvents that promote adhesion on plastic parts. It also eliminates sanding on hard-toreach areas (e.g. door jams, under hoods and trunk). For best results, wash area first with soap and water. Then apply Sand Free directly to the surface to be painted.
Price Breaks: Each | Case (6 ea)
Endurepel ® is Ennis Fabrics’ exclusive range of performance finishes, that are applied to woven fabrics and PU textiles, with applications across a wide range of markets.
The protective fi lm forms an invisible, stain-resistant coating around the textile fi bers or on top of the PU skin. Endurepel makes furniture easier to clean and features anti-microbial and anti-bacterial properties.
Shop our extensive range of Endurepel ® fi nished products; Endurepel ® Fundamentals, Stability II, Stability III, Premier, and all other future collections at ennisfabrics.com.
upholstery fabrics
Our decorative fabrics feature beautiful colors, patterns, and textures. Ennis Fabrics offers an always increasing line of high quality products that will suit your every need. plains & textures
plains & textures
HEAVENLY
Our popular pattern Heavenly has grown its color line. This superior quality fabric has a subtle texture with an incredibly soft hand.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 125,000+ Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat
Content: 100% Polyester
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013; UFAC Class 1; NFPA260
Pilling: ASTM D3511 Class 4.5
Width: 55” (140 cm) | Roll Size: ~40yd (36.5 m)
JEFFERY
UNCHAINED
Unchained is a new full-range plain that is a revival of the hand-woven artisan trend that is ever so popular. This heavily textured boucle makes for an excellent performance fabric and will satisfy daily wear while presenting a rich textural appeal.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 200,000 Double Rubs
Backing content: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat
Content: 100% Polyester
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 4.5
Width: 56” (142 cm)
Roll Size: 33 yd (30 m)
Jeffery is a textural chenille solid that achieves depth with its multi-tonal colors. The superior quality make it an ideal fabric for many upholstery uses.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 80,000+ Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat
Content: 100% Polyester
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 5
Width: 56.75”
Razzmic Berry
Zantium
Placid Blue
Pumpkin Spice 44 Celeste Orange
Chili Red 3006 Denim Blue
Cornsilk
Parchment
Seabreeze
Battleship Grey
LOUIS
Louis has a great hand and is a twist on the traditional basket weave.
ANGORA
Angora is a fabric featuring a heathered wool look, fi nished with our Endurepel Shield.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 100,000 Double Rubs
Backing content: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat
Content: 100% Polyester
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 4.5
Width: 56” (142 cm) | Roll
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 440,000+ Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat
Content: 100% Polyester
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 3.5
Width: 56” (142 cm) | Roll Size: ~50 yd (45.7 m)
OPHELIA
Ophelia is our cross-hatched texture of chenille and boucle fabric, finished with our Endurepel Shield.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 200,000 Double Rubs
Backing content: 100% Polyester
Content: 100% Polyester
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260
Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 4
Width: 56” (142 cm) | Roll Size: 44 yd (40 m)
Oris is a boucle fabric designed to elevate your
with texture and practicality.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 195,000+ Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat
Content: 96% Polyester, 4% Acrylic
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260
Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 4
Width: 55” (140
Ciao features a simulated velvet texture with subtle rippling effects. This solid is suitable for upholstery in both modern and traditional spaces.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 50,000 Double Rubs
Backing content: 100% Polyester
Content: 100% Polyester
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013; UFAC Class 1; NFPA260 Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 4.5
Width: 55” (140 cm) | Roll Size: ~55 yd (50.2 m)
QUARRY
Quarry is a clipped terry inspired solid with a soft hand and subtle heathered effect. Quarry also provides the appearance of a faux wool in our neutral shades.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 105,000 Double Rubs
Backing content: 100% Polyester
Content: 100% Polyester
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013; NFPA260 Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 4
Width: 55” (140 cm) | Roll
Moritz has a popular tweed texture that offers an adaptability that transcends trends.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 95,000 Double Rubs
Backing content: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat
Content: 100% Polyester
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013; NFPA260 Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 4
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
ARLO
Arlo is a top-quality textile featuring a performance fi nish, felted plain weave, and a stylish heathered effect.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 105,000 Double Rubs
Backing content: 100% Polyester
Content: 100% Polyester
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 5
Width: 56” (142 cm) | Roll Size: 44 yd (40 m)
COMRADE
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 90,000+ Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat
Content: 100% Polyester
Comrade is our performance-fi nished plain fabric utilizing a unique chenille boucle yarn, aptly named Checle. This innovative material offers a distinctive texture and enhanced performance, catering to a variety of applications.
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4
Width: 55” (140 cm) |
Size: 32 yd (30 m)
CATALYST
Long
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 200,000 Double Rubs
Backing content: 100% Polyester
Content: 100% Polyester
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 5
Width: 56” (142 cm) | Roll Size: 33 yd (30 m)
suedes & velvets
BOUJEE
Boujee is our velvet Mohair with a soft striation.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion:100,000 Double Rubs
Backing content: 100% Polyester
Content: 100% Polyester
Intrigue is all about the minimalist allure of a suede look. The colors center around earth tones to give this fabric a timeless appeal.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 150,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat
Content: 92% Polyester, 8% Nylon
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013;
Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 4
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511—Class 5
56” (142 cm)
30 yd (27 m)
LUSCIOUS
Luscious is a true cut pile poly-cotton velvet that has a beautiful soft hand.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
Abrasion: 120,000+ Double Rubs
Content: 65% Polyester, 35% Cotton
Backing Content: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013; NFPA 260 Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3511 - Class 5
Width: 55” (140 cm) | Roll Size: 40 yd (36.5 m)
TURNER
Turner brings an incredibly soft hand to contract seating and upholstery. Made of 100% polyurethane, Turner is designed for a soft touch but with the strength and durability for high usage areas.
Resistance: AATCC16 Class 4.5 Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: ~40 yd
The Guardian Collection is our new coated fabric, featuring a buttery-soft hand that looks and feels like real leather. This collection features exciting, versatile and beautiful colors and patterns that are suited for multiple end-uses in home decor, healthcare, hospitality, and more! These contract-rated, phthalate-free vinyls are coated with our fl uorine-free (PFAS-free) Endurepel Armour™ making them strong, durable, and easy to clean. Suitable for the outdoors, Guardian comes with our ENCOOL technology that keeps its colors up to 10% cooler in direct sunlight compared to traditional coated fabrics. This is a vinyl for all of Life’s Little Messes.
CHALLENGER
Abrasion: 1,500,000+ Double Rubs
Content: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Backing Content: 100% Polyester
Cold Crack: -55°C (-67°F)
Fi re Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, IMO FTP Code 2010 - Part 8, MVSS302, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
A curated collection of traditional and modern styles designed to bring the magic and wonder of a secret garden to your home. The perfect indoor & outdoor fabric.
ACACIA
Abrasion: 20,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
ANGELICA
Abrasion: 300,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
WINK
Abrasion: 20,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
CAPTIVATE
Abrasion:20,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
Oak
Moonlit Stroll
FILBERT
Abrasion: 150,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
JUNIPER
Abrasion: 20,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
MYRTLE
Abrasion: 150,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
HOLLY
Abrasion: 150,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
LOGGIA
Abrasion: 150,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
PORTICO
Abrasion: 40,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
SYCAMORE
Abrasion: 20,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
SEQUOIA
Abrasion: 150,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
TOPIARY
Abrasion: 150,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Fire Retardancy: CALTB117-2013, NFPA 260 Class 1, UFAC Class 1
Pilling: ASTM D3512—Class 4.5
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 50 yd (46 m)
Stroll
Sand
Midnight
303 Moonlight
Oak
TRINKET
Abrasion: 20,000 Double Rubs
Backing Content: 100% Polyester,
Content: 100% Solution Dyed Polyester
ENDUREPEL FUNDAMENTALS I
ENDUREPEL DUEL - 3 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL ELIZABETH - 6 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL FUNDAMENTALS II
ENDUREPEL FUNDAMENTALS III
ENDUREPEL ARISTOCRAT - 4 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL BONDI - 5 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL BOCA - 4 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL COCOON - 4 COLOURS
ARLO - ALL COLOURS
COMRADE - ALL COLOURS
CRAZE - ALL COLOURS
ENDUREPEL FOUNDATION - 7 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL HEAVENLY - 17 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL JEFFERY - 7 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL LOFT - 10 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL LOUIS - 8 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL MONROE - 12 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL QUARRY - 3 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL ROYAL - 5 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL SABI - 2 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL TIFFANY - 3 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL FRANKLIN - 11 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL FUSION - 4 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL HARPER - 6 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL INTRIGUE - 7 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL MCCOY - 9 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL MEDLEY - 4 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL MIA - 6 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL MORITZ - 11 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL MUSE - 8 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL NOMAD - 3 COLOURS
ENDUREPEL PACE - 3 COLOURS
FELICITY - ALL COLOURS
GAVIN - ALL COLOURS
LORENZO - ALL COLOURS
ORIS - ALL COLOURS
upholstery supplies
Our line includes over 3,000 supplies for the decorative market. We carry everything from adhesives to zippers, for all your project needs in one location
foam & padding
decking & lining tools
legs
tacks & nails
staples
springs & coils
swivel bases
buttons & snaps
misc. hardware zippers
needles & thread
binding, cordage & webbing
trimming
cleaners, protectants & adhesives
Super Clear Vinyl
foam & padding
With the aim of maintaining the best service together with the most competitive pricing; our foam stocking philosophy offers specific skus limited to our warehouse locations. Please take special care to only choose skus in the location closest to you.
FOAM: VANCOUVER
DIMENSIONS & PART #
- Regular
1” x 54” x 72”
2” x 54” x 72”
3” x 54” x 72”
FOARE4349
FOARE4350
FOARE4351
PRICE BREAKS
Sheet | Bundle (12)
Sheet | Bundle (7)
Sheet | Bundle (5)
- Reg Roll Foam ¼ “ x 54” x 50 ft
FOARE4364
½” X 54” X 50 ft
1” x 54” x 50 ft
- R 45 1” x 54” x 80”
2” x 54” x 80”
4” x 54” x 80”
- H100 Grey Roll Foam
- K 126 Grey
- Mattress
A Convoluted Foam
½” X 72” X 50 ft 1” x 72” x 50 ft
½” x 24” x 72”
2” x 24” x 72”
6” x 39” x 75”
6” x 60” x 80”
1¼”–1½” x 54” x 75”
1¼”–1½” x 60” x 80”
FOARE4366
FOARE4367
FOAR44354
FOAR44385
FOAR44357
FOAR4 4397
FOAR44375
FOAK14433 FOAK14437
FOAMA 4416
1” X 24” X 72” FOAK 4435
FOAMA4418 Single Queen
FOAMA 4424 FOAMA 4425
Each | Roll
Sheet | Bundle (12)
Sheet | Bundle (7)
Sheet | Bundle (4)
Each | Roll
Sheet | Bundle (12)
Sheet | Bundle (7)
Sheet | Bundle (3)
Sheet | Bundle (6)
Sheet | Bundle (6)
Please see p.153 for Foam Cutters
When selecting the right foam for a job, the general rule of thumb is that as the density increases, so does the quality of the foam. DID YOU
Industry standard grade for general purpose polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering.
The fi rmest open cell foam available. A suitable application for gun cases, protective packaging, instrument packaging and other similar high impact applications.
¾” convoluted. Gives added plushness and creates some air fl ow on your mattress for better cooling and comfort.
FOAM: VANCOUVER (CON’T)
DIMENSIONS
& PART #
- Duron
766 X-Firm
- Duron
639 Firm
- Duron
533 Medium
A Duron
426 Soft
- Qualux
46 Firm
1” x 24” x 72”
2” x 24” x 72”
4” x 24” x 72”
1” x 24” x 80”
2” x 24” x 80”
3” x 24” x 80”
4” x 24” x 80”
5” x 24” x 80”
FOADU4414
FOADU4415
FOADU4568
FOADU 4441
FOADU4408
FOADU4411
FOADU4412
FOADU4413
1” x 60” x 80”
2” x 60” x 80”
3” x 60” x 80”
4” x 60” x 80”
5” x 60” x 80”
FOADU4434
FOADU4436
FOADU4438
FOADU4439
FOADU4440
4” x 54” x 72” FOADU 4410 6” x 24” x 72” FOADU 4543 4” x 24” x 80” FOADU 4467
2” x 24” x 80”
3” x 24” x 80”
4” x 24” x 80”
1” x 22” x 80”
2” x 22” x 80”
3” x 22” x 80”
4” x 22” x 80”
5” x 22” x 80”
B Qualux
34 Medium
Qualux
25 Soft
FOADU 4403
FOADU4404
FOADU4405
FOAQU 4230
FOAQU 4231
FOAQU4232
FOAQU4233
FOAQU4234
1” x 22” x 80”
2” x 22” x 80”
3” x 22” x 80”
4” x 22” x 80”
5” x 22” x 80”
2” x 22” x 80”
3” x 22” x 80”
4” x 22” x 80”
½” x 24” x 80”
2” x 24” x 80”
3” x 24” x 80”
4” x 24” x 80”
FOAQU4224
FOAQU4225
FOAQU 4226
FOAQU4227
FOAQU4228
FOAQU 4218
FOAQU4219
FOAQU4220
FOAQU4259
FOAQU4266
FOAQU 4267
FOAQU4268
PLEASE INQUIRE FOR DETAILS.
Foam has a 5-year replacement warranty under normal service.
Foam has a 10-year replacement warranty provided by Ennis Fabrics.
Blue Foam has a 10-year replacement warranty provided by Ennis Fabrics.
Sheet | Bundle (12)
Sheet | Bundle (7)
Sheet | Bundle (4)
Sheet | Bundle (12)
Sheet | Bundle (7)
Sheet | Bundle (5)
Sheet | Bundle (4)
Sheet | Bundle (3)
This is a high performance foam for residential and performance applications. Also a suitable application for benches, heavy equipment seating, etc. F.R: CALTB117-2013
| Bundle (7)
Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (4)
Sheet | Bundle (12)
Sheet | Bundle (7)
Sheet | Bundle (5)
Sheet | Bundle (4)
Sheet | Bundle (3)
Sheet | Bundle (12)
Sheet | Bundle (7)
Sheet | Bundle (5)
Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)
Sheet | Bundle (7)
Sheet | Bundle (5)
Sheet | Bundle (4) A suitable application for soft
Duron
Qualux
FOAM: ALBERTA / SASKATCHEWAN
DIMENSIONS & PART
#
Regular
Reg Roll Foam
R 45
H100 Grey Roll Foam
K 126 Grey
Mattress
Convoluted Foam
Duron 766 X-Firm
Duron 639 Firm
Duron
533 Medium
Duron 426 Soft
Blue Foam Firm
Blue Foam Medium
Qualux
46 Firm
Qualux
34 Medium
Qualux
25 Soft
1” x 54” x 72”
2” x 54” x 72”
¼” x 54” x 50’
½” X 54” X 50’
1” x 54” x 80”
2” x 54” x 80”
½” X 72” X 50’
½” x 24” x 72”
2” x 24” x 72”
6” x 39” x 75”
6” x 60” x 80”
1¼”–1½” x 54” x 75”
1” x 24” x 72”
2” x 24” x 72”
1” x 24” x 80”
2” x 24” x 80”
3” x 24” x 80”
4” x 24” x 80”
5” x 24” x 80”
4” x 54” x 72”
5” x 24” x 80”
2” x 24” x 80”
3” x 24” x 80”
1” x 22” x 80”
2” x 22” x 80”
3” x 22” x 80”
4” x 22” x 80”
1” x 22” x 80”
2” x 22” x 80”
3” x 22” x 80”
1” x 22” x 80”
2” x 22” x 80”
3” x 22” x 80”
4” x 22” x 80”
5” x 22” x 80”
1” x 22” x 80”
2” x 22” x 80”
3” x 22” x 80”
2” x 22” x 80”
3” x 22” x 80”
FOARE4349CAC1
FOARE4350CAC1
FOARE4364CAC1
FOARE4366CAC1
FOAR4354CAC1
FOAR4385CAC1
FOAH14374CAC1
FOAK14433CAC1
FOAK14437CAC1
FOAMA4416CAC1
FOAMA4418CAC1
FOAMA 4424CAC1
FOADU 4414CAC1
FOADU 4415CAC1
FOADU 4441CAC1
FOADU 4408CAC1
FOADU 4411CAC1
FOADU 4412CAC1
FOADU 4413CAC1
FOADU 4410CAC1
FOADU 4542CAC1
FOADU 4403CAC1
FOADU 4404CAC1
FOABL4469CAC1
FOABL4470CAC1
FOABL4471CAC1
FOABL4472CAC1
FOABL4476CAC1
FOABL4477CAC1
FOABL4478CAC1
FOAQU4230CAC1
FOAQU4231CAC1
FOAQU 4232CAC1
FOAQU4233CAC1
FOAQU4234CAC1
FOAQU 4224CAC1
FOAQU 4225CAC1
FOAQU4226CAC1
FOAQU4218CAC1
FOAQU4219CAC1
3” x 54” x 72” FOARE4351CAC1
1” x 54” x 50’ FOAR4367CAC1
4” x 54” x 80” FOAR4357CAC1
1” x 24” x 72” FOAK14435
Single Queen
3” x 24” x 72”
4” x 24” x 72”
1” x 60” x 80”
2” x 60” x 80”
3” x 60” x 80”
4” x 60” x 80”
5” x 60” x 80”
4” x 24” x 80”
6” x 24” x 72”
4” x 24” x 80”
1” x 60” x 80”
2” x 60” x 80”
3” x 60” x 80”
4” x 22” x 80”
5” x 22” x 80”
½” x 24” x 80”
2” x 24” x 80”
3” x 24” x 80”
4” x 24” x 80”
4” x 22” x 80”
5” x 22” x 80”
4” x 22” x 80”
FOADU4432CAC1
FOADU4568CAC1
FOADU 4434CAC1
FOADU4436CAC1
FOADU4438CAC1
FOADU4439CAC1
FOADU4440CAC1
FOADU4467CAC1
FOADU4543CAC1
FOADU4405CAC1
FOABL4473CAC1
FOABL4474CAC1
FOABL4475CAC1
FOABL4479CAC1
FOABL4480CAC1
FOAQU4259CAC1
FOAQU4266CAC1
FOAQU4267CAC1
FOAQU4268CAC1
FOAQU4227CAC1
FOAQU4228CAC1
FOAQU 4220CAC1
Package (2 Sheets)
Industry standard grade for general purpose polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering.
The firmest open cell foam available. A suitable application for gun cases, protective packaging, instrument packaging and other similar high impact applications.
Medium compression with a 5 year replacement warranty. Note: courier shipments are sent at customers’ risk.
Package (2 Sheets) ¾” convoluted. Gives added plushness and creates some air flow on your mattress for better cooling and comfort.
This is a high performance foam for residential and performance applications. Also a suitable application for benches, heavy equipment seating, etc.
FOAM: TORONTO
Regular
Regular Foam Rolls
Supersoft
Ultra Cell 1.8 Firm
Curon C45
Curon C35
Curon C25
Blue Foam Firm
Blue Foam Medium
Blue Foam Soft
Qualux 41 Firm
Qualux
31 Medium
Qualux 26 Soft
1” x 24” x 72”
2” x 24” x 72”
3” x 24” x 72”
4” x 24” x 72”
x 54” x 48’
3” x 22” x 74”
4” x 22” x 74”
2” x 24” x 88”
3” x 24” x 88”
4” x 24” x 88”
1” x 22” x 88”
2” x 22” x 88”
3” x 22” x 88”
4” x 22” x 88”
5” x 22” x 88”
1” x 24” x 88”
3” x 24” x 88”
4” x 22” x 88”
4” x 22” x 88”
5” x 22” x 88”
1” x 22” x 88”
2” x 22” x 88”
3” x 22” x 88”
4” x 22” x 88”
4” x 26” x 88”
4” x 22” x 88”
5” x 22” x 88”
1” x 22” x 88”
2” x 22” x 88”
3” x 22” x 88”
4” x 22” x 88”
5” x 22” x 88”
2” x 22” x 88”
3” x 22” x 88”
4” x 22” x 88”
5” x 22” x 88”
4” x 22” x 88”
5” x 22” x 88”
FOARE4620
FOARE4625
FOARE4630
FOARE4635
FOARE4369
FOASU 4637
FOASU4638
FOAUL4666
FOAUL4667
FOAUL4668
FOACU4663
FOACU 4664
FOACU4665
FOACU4669
FOACU4671
FOACU4687
FOACU 4674
DIMENSIONS & PART #
x 24” x 88”
x 26” x 88”
FOACU 4675 5” x 22” x 88” 5” x 26” x 88” 6” x 22” x 88”
FOACU4660
FOACU4661
FOABL4481 FOABL4482
FOABL4483
FOABL4484
FOABL4486
FOABL4488
FOACU 4678
FOACU4677
FOACU4676
FOACU4682 FOACU4683
x 26” x 88” FOACU 4679
5” x 22” x 88” 5” x 26” x 88”
FOABL4489 4” x 26” x 88” 5” x 26” x 88”
FOAQU 4727
FOAQU 4728
FOAQU 4729
FOAQU 4730
FOAQU 4731
FOAQU 4722
FOAQU 4723
FOAQU 4725
FOAQU 4726
FOAQU 4719
FOAQU 4720
FOABL4485
FOABL4487
FOABL4490
FOABL4491
x 26” x 88” FOACU4684
x 26” x 88” FOACU4681
Sheet | Bundle (12)
Sheet | Bundle (7)
Sheet | Bundle (5)
Sheet | Bundle (4)
Industry standard grade for general purpose polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013
Each | Roll Polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013
Very soft and supple. Too soft for seat use by itself but perfect for laminating with denser foams to give initial plushness followed by firm support. F.R: CALTB117-2013
This is a high performance foam for residential and contract applications. Suitable for firm seating.
A SEW FOAM
Our Ennis Fabrics Sew Foam is a regular roll foam with a Cerex backing applied. This is suitable for quilting applications without using a separate backing material. A real time-saver on stitched seat panels.
Constructed from 100% Polyurethane for a pliable pink foam. Great also for molding and shaping. This product is sold by the roll.
A A
FOARE4363
FOARE4362
½” x 58” x 60’—Pink
¼” x 58” x 60’—Pink
Price Breaks: Roll (60’)
POLYESTER PILLOW 2-PACK
Discover our new polyester pillows, now available in nine sizes. Featuring enhanced filling for greater density and support, these pillows are ethically sourced and crafted through sustainable practices. They arrive vacuum-sealed in compact, eco-friendly packaging, making them easy to transport and store while reducing freight costs. Machine washable at 40°C, tumble dry on low, or dry clean for easy maintenance. Experience superior comfort and a greener choice with our latest addition to our pillow collection.
PADCU6931
PADCU6932
PADCU6933
PADCU6934
PADCU6935
PADCU6936
PADCU6937
PADCU6938
PADCU6939
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—14”x14”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—16”x16”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—18”x18”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—20”x20”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—22”x22”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—24”x24”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form— Queen 21”x31”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form— King 23”x36”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form— 12”x20”
Price Breaks: 1 Set | Box (3 Sets) | Case (6 Sets)
FEATHER CUSHIONS 2-PACK
Our new and improved pillows are vacuum-packed and filled with down feathers that are hygienically cleaned. They come in 6 sizes and are efficiently shipped due to the double compact packaging. These pillow inserts are machine washable and can be tumble-dried for an easy clean! All it takes is four simple steps – order, open, fluff and enjoy!
PADCU13014
PADCU13013
PADCU13015
PADCU13019
PADCU6915
PADCU6916
PADCU6917
Feather Cushion—12”x20”
Feather Cushion—16”x16”
Feather Cushion—27”x27”
Feather Cushion—22”x22”
Feather Cushion—18”x18”
Feather Cushion—20”x20”
Feather Cushion—25”x25”
Price Breaks: 1 Set | Box (3 Sets) | Case (6 Sets)
PADDING: POLYESTER (TERYLENE)
This product is not prone to crushing and is easily manipulated to fill in the imperfections in sofa cushions. Unlike some of the old horsehair products that are occasionally found in antique furniture, there is nothing in terylene to support molds, mildews or any kind of parasitic life. Terylenes will retain their given shape better over time than down fill or some of the lower density foams.
UNBONDED TERYLENE
This is useful as a loose fill product. Without the adhesive it is softer and gives an excellent feel and resilience.
A PADTE8250 30” Unbonded Terylene—West
Price Breaks: Roll (28 lb) | 56 lb
A PADTE8251 30” Unbonded Terylene—East
Price Breaks: Roll (25 lb) | 50 lb
DACRON HOLOFIL
This product is a light, premium unbonded polyester for use in cushions as a loose fill product. It is lightweight, sanitary and has excellent resilience characteristics. It is recommended for sofa back cushions and throw cushions.
- PADTE8255
- PADTE8257
30” Dacron Holofil—West
Price Breaks: Roll (10 lb) | 50 lb
30” Dacron Holofil—East
Price Breaks: Roll (20 lb) | 60 lb
TERYLENE (CUSHION WRAP)
Non-woven resin bonded terylene has a slightly stiffer feel and finish. Can be split through its depth to give a thinner product for use as a cushion wrap.
PADDING: FIBER, JAY FLEX & FELT
OUTDOOR CUSHION FIBER
Specialized fiber for outdoor cushions, prevents moisture from being caught within the cushion, maintaining cushion quality. Available at all distribution centers.
A A A PADFI8261
Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x28”
Price Breaks: Each | Case (8)
PADFI8265 PADFI8267
Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x48”
Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x78”
Price Breaks: Roll | Box (4 Rolls) | Case (8 Rolls)
JAY FLEX (NEEDLEPUNCH)
Jay Flex is a white padding material that is approximately 0.15” thick. 100% polyester needle punched foam. Although thin, its superior properties allow it to replace much heavier materials in padding frames and forms. It is excellent for use on rounded arms, frame fronts, etc.
B B PADJA 5169
27” Jay Flex Padding White
Price Breaks: Roll (27.3 yd) | Case (5)
PADJA5179
60” Jay Flex Padding White
Price Breaks: Roll (27.3 yd)
-PADTE8239
27” Terylene—West 13 lb/roll
PADTE8249
54” Terylene—West 26 lb/roll
Price Breaks: Roll (25 lb) | 50 lb
27” Terylene—East 13 lb/roll
PADTE8242
-PADTE 8243
54” Terylene—East 26 lb/roll
Price Breaks: Roll (25 lb) | 50 lb
FELT PADDING
Excellent as a cover over resilient fiber padding, such as horsehair or cortex because it prevents the fibers from working through the cover.
C PADFE4392 27” Felt Padding
Price Breaks*: Bale** (10 lb) | 125 lb
* Priced by the pound, sold by the bale. ** ~10lb/bale
UF8 FELT BALES
UF8 is a very clean felt made of a polyester cotton blend. Passes UFAC fire retardant requirements.
D PADFE4393 UF8 Felt Bales
Price Breaks: Bale 10 lbs (~28 yd)
decking & lining
DECKING
DECK PAD
Economical deck padding composed of industrial synthetic and natural waste fibers bonded to form a strong padding that will resist deterioration. Can also be used as a carpet underpad.
A PADDE4105 ¼”x27”x150’ Deck Padding
Price Breaks: Roll | 5 Rolls | 10 Rolls
ENBOND DECKING*
Enbond is an economical 100% spun bonded polypropylene nonwoven fabric with high tear and tensile strength, soft hand, and high rot and mildew resistance. Excellent chemical resistance, is heat processable, receptive to dyes, non-ravelling and has low surface pilling. Used in furniture and bedding, industry covers, quilt backings and decking applications.
TYPAR*
Spun bonded polypropylene with applications in traditional dust cover and furniture construction. Its polypropylene construction makes it impervious to moisture. Also resists rotting and mildew, with good breathability. Typar can be glued, stapled and sewn (recommended max. stitch density of 5–7/in.)
FLINTY4180
30” Black Typar 1.6 oz.
LINTY4179
36” Grey Typar 1.6 oz.
Price Breaks: Yard | 270 yd | 1000 yd
* Minimum order of 10 yards. For more info, contact Sales Rep.
LINING
SKIRT LINING*
LINEN4161
LINEN4163
LINEN4167
B B B B LINEN4159
30” Enbond Decking—Grey
36” Enbond Decking—Grey
42” Enbond Decking—Grey
60” Enbond Decking—Grey
Price Breaks: Yard | 550 yd | 1100 yd
*Minimum order of 10 yards. For more info contact Sales Rep.
NUFACE DECKING
It is a grey woven polypropylene with a 100% nylon face. Will not rot or break down. Suitable for pulls, quilt backing, dust cloth, decking, etc. Easily stitched. Somewhat firm hand, makes it easy to work with.
C
C
The heavy lining has a firmer hand and imparts a greater stiffness and form to the skirt. Used to maintain shape and give a finished backing to skirts. Also can be used to reinforce material or vinyls if too thin, for proper stitching or use in button molds, etc. Ennis Fabrics recommends lining the seamed areas of your vinyls for increased strength and tear resistance.
G G
LINSK7135
LINSK7139
6” Heavy Sew On
7” Heavy Sew On
Price Breaks: Yard | 198 yd
* Minimum order of 99 yards.
LINDK4110
LINDK4112
C LINDK4109
30” Nuface Decking
36” Nuface Decking
Price Breaks: Yard | 273 yd | 1000 yd
42” Nuface Decking
Price Breaks: Yard | 270 yd | 1000 yd
EMBOSSED DECKING*
100% woven polypropylene. Has a napped embossed anti-slip finish that makes it ideal for leather or other slippery fabrics. The cushions will stay put much better than with smooth decking finishes. Cut length available.
D E LINDK4142 LINDK4145
30” Embossed Decking— Black
30” Embossed Decking— Beige
Price Breaks: Yard | 25 yd | 109 yd
* Minimum order of 10 yards.
CUSHION STUFFING
EZE CUSHION STUFFER MACHINE
This vacuum table cushion stuffer is a real time saver for a shop doing a lot of cushion filling. It has a 110V motor and runs off of regular household current.
B TOOMI3010
EZE Cushion Stuffer Machine
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
TOOMI3011
54” EZE Cushion Film Plastic
Price Breaks: Roll (900 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) |
Case (10 Rolls)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR EZE STUFFER MACHINE
1. Set the cushion foam on the table.
2. Cover with EZE cushion film.
3. Turn the EZE machine on until the cushion is compressed.
4. Then fit the cover on with ease.
PIPING TINS
Piping tins are used to achieve consistent, even fluting in sofa backs and other locations on furniture. Insert into the channel, stuff and remove, leaving behind an evenly stuffed, clean and well padded channel.
C TOOPI6415 4”x 36” Piping Tins
Price Breaks: Pair | 3 pairs | 6 Pairs
TIPS FOR PIPING TINS
When trying to get padding into a channel or existing cover, you will often find that as you force the stuffing into the cover, it tears and you lose the smooth, even finish you wanted.
TI P 1: Use JEF Silicone Spray (#AERS7175, p.200) liberally on the stuffing; it will evaporate without leaving a trace or stain.
TI P 2: Run a strip of 2” or wider tape along the stuffing, on the side that will be away from the cover, to prevent the stuffing from ripping. This method is especially useful with felt padding.
CUTTERS: FOAM
ACU-CUTTER QUEEN*
Ideal foam cutter for the smaller shop, affordable and efficient. Cuts with two blades: one oscillating and one stationary. It has a 8½” stanchion as standard. Blade and glide included. The heavy duty free standing base is 4” wide and 6¾” long and mounted on glide bearings to reduce drag.
A
B TOOCU 4338
8½” Acu-Cutter Queen
TOOCU4336
9” Replacement Blade
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
* Not intended for a production line where foam cutting is the only job.
U-CUT FOAM CUTTER
Fast and flexible, this versatile large sheet foam cutter will cut as fine as ¼” to a max. thickness of 9” and up to a width of 36” with unlimited length.
C
D TOOCU4341 TOOCU4342
410 U-Cut Foam Cutter0
410 U-Cut Replacement Blade
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
CUTTERS: WIRE
337 WIRE CUTTERS
HERCULES FOAM
The Hercules foam cutter offers fast, precise cutting with quick and easy blade changes. This kit includes the foam cutter, a footplate, a 12-inch blade guide and repair.
E TOOCU6084 Hercules Foam Cutting Kit
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
A versatile tool with a non-slip handle and a hardened cutting surface. The fastest way to get rid of the original hog rings. This tool will cut through hog rings easily and is useful for all lighter gauges of wire.
F TOOCU8014 337 Wire Cutters
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
COMBINATION KNIFE
This combination knife is made from the finest steel with both hook and pointed blade. It can be used for ripping seams, cutting auto carpeting, vinyl, plastic and rubber. Features a contoured Beechwood handle.
A TOOKN8440 #1020 Combination Knife
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
HEAVY DUTY OLFA KNIFE
A heavy-duty knife with a ratchet-lock mechanism for unlimited blade positions. The knife has a double-honed blade for superior sharpness and edge retention.
B
C TOOKN8052
TOOKN8058 Heavy Duty Olfa Knife
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
Heavy Duty 0.5mm Olfa Blades—Package of 50 blades
Price Breaks: Each | 5 ea | 10 ea
OLFA REPLACEMENT BLADES
D TOOKN 8038 Ultra Max Heavy Duty Olfa Blades—Package of 50 blades
Price Break: Each | 5 ea | 10 ea
#14 MOUNT TRIMMING KNIFE
This is a tough, straight edged blade that is sharp enough to cut vinyls, carpet or other materials, and can be re-sharpened to last many years of service.
E TOOKN8051 #14 Mount Trimming Knife
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
CUTTERS & DIE SETS: BUTTON
All the cutters and dies listed here are for the #1 Jr. Button Machine only (#2121). Any other cutters or dies are special order items requiring approximately 3 weeks delivery. Cutters and dies are stocked for all common button sizes. The button machine and dies work best when the covers for the button mold are the correct size, shape and to ensure this we offer the cutters below.
JR. BUTTON MACHINE
Versatile bench mounted manual press type machine cuts, covers and makes firm solid buttons. It is designed to work with 2 piece dies and the short cutter. It includes a wood block for use in cutting covers and is capable of approximately 90 buttons per hour.
F BUTMI2121 #1 Junior Button Machine
Height: 22” Shipping weight: 13lb (5.89kg)
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 5 ea
CUTTERS & DIE SETS—MEDIUM FABRIC
This medium die is recommended for the majority of fabrics. One set is required for each size of button.
BUTDI2141
BUTDI2143
BUTDI 2145
BUTDI2147
#22 Cutter and Die Set—Medium
#30 Cutter and Die Set—Medium
#36 Cutter and Die Set—Medium
#45 Cutter and Die Set—Medium
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 5 ea
Please see p.178-180 for buttons
CUTTERS & DIE SETS—HEAVY FABRIC
The wider throat makes this set ideal for heavier fabrics and vinyls. It adapts for material thickness for quick and proper assembly of the button.
A B BUTDI2133 BUTDI2135
#22 Cutter and Die Set—Heavy
#30 Cutter and Die Set—Heavy
Price Breaks: Each | 3ea | 5 ea
SHEARS: QUICK CLIP
WISS ® QUICK CLIP CUTTER
Heavy duty contour design with positive spring action re-opens blades for fast cutting. PVC plastic handle with stainless steel sharp point blades. Replacement blades are available in a set with 4 blade screws.
F SHEQI7021 Wiss® Quick Clip Sharp Point Cutter
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
SHEARS: WISS ®
Wiss ® Shears are made of the finest quality cutlery steel with drop-forged polished blades with a patented Set-Easy pivot. The superior combination of hardened, ground, edged and adjustable blades combine to provide outstanding cutting ability and durability.
CUTTERS ONLY
The cutters do wear with time and the best way to ensure clean round covers for use in the button machine is to keep the cutter current. Make sure that there is always a soft wooden block or Hole Cutting Pad (#6120, p.83) used to extend cutter life.
BUTCU2153
BUTCU2155
C D E BUTCU2151
#22 Cutter #30 Cutter #36 Cutter
Price Breaks: Each | 3ea | 5 ea
WISS ® APPAREL SHEARS
Bent apparel sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles for commercial and industrial use.
G SHEST 7020 9” Wiss® Apparel Shears
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
WISS ® BENT TRIMMER SHEARS
Industrial sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles. The 10” comes in both a right and left handed design.
SHEST 7027
SHEST 7026
H I J SHEST 7025
10” #20 Wiss® Bent Trimmer
10” #20 Wiss® Bent Trimmer—Left-Hand
12” #22N Wiss® Bent Trimmer
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
WISS ® HEAVY DUTY BENT TRIMMER SHEARS
Heavy duty bent shears with “inlaid” blades and black handles. Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use.
KSHEST 7030
10” Wiss ® Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer
12” Wiss ® Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer
SHEST 7031
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
SHEARS: KAI
KAI SHEARS
Blades made of high-carbon Molybdenum Vanadium stainless steel for extra-long edge life and high cutting efficiency. Ergonomically styled and padded grip made of “Elastomer” soft plastic for maximum ease of handling. Right hand use only.
A
B C
D
SHEST 7035
SHEST 7034
SHEST 7036
SHEST 7037
10” KAI Micro-Serrate Edge Shear
8” KAI Regular Edge Shear
10” KAI Regular Edge Shear
12” KAI Regular Edge Shear
Price Breaks: Each
SHEARS: MUNDIAL
Mundial is a world renowned quality shear, manufactured to the highest standards using only the best materials and processes. Adjust the ride once with a screw driver and you are done. The Stay-Set™ is uniquely engineered to stay true to its name. Once set, it stays set for comfortable cutting power under the most demanding commercial conditions. Hot drop forged and fully nickel-plated with black enamel handles.
STRAIGHT MUNDIAL SHEARS
These high quality shears have a solid feel, a sturdy blade and come in a variety of sizes. All shears are designed for the right hand except the 9” Cushion Soft, which has enlarged finger bows and a padded soft touch lining, designed for both the right and left hand use.
SHEST 7001
SHEST 7004
SHEST 7007
SHEST 7003
E F-SHEST 7002
8” Mundial Shear
9” Cushion Soft Shear
10” Mundial Shear
12” Mundial Shear
9” Mundial Shear
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
HEAVY DUTY MUNDIAL SHEARS
Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use only.
GSHEST 7013
10” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear
SHEST 7014
12” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
HOT GLUE GUN TIPS
INDUSTRIAL HOT MELT GLUE GUN
This unit is slim, effi cient, and economically priced and will deliver up to 2.2 lb/hr of glue in continuous use. Operating temperature is 205°C (400°F). Our 10” Glue Sticks (#1153) will work with any glue gun that accepts ½” round glue sticks. Approximately 20 sticks/lb.
TOOMI1152 ADHMI1153
High Temp Glue Gun
Price
10” Glue Sticks
Price Breaks: Per lb |
Hot gluing large areas at a time can cause some of the glue to set before bonding. To get a longer tack time for your adhesive, it is sometimes possible to pre-heat the surface with a heat gun before applying the glue. Of course, good judgment must be used to ensure the preheating does not damage the materials.
Because of the high speed of bonding that hot glue sticks have, it is often practical to use a hot melt glue gun to position pieces for more secure bonding with nails, screws or bolts.
FASCO TACKERS
High quality pneumatic tacker has the advantage of having very few moving parts and those that do are easily replaceable. Piston/driver replacement assembly available. (See 1400 & 71 Series Staples on p. 172)
TOOTA7211
TOOTA 7214
TOOTA7210
Fasco 1400 Series Tacker Piston/Driver Assembly
Fasco 71 Series Tacker
Head Width: ⅜”
Break: Each | Box (6 ea) |
JEFAST AIR TACKERS
These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter and more economical choice. Replacement parts are available below.
(See 1400 & 71 Series Staples on p.172)
A B TOOTA7216 TOOTA7217
JEFast 1416 Air Tacker
JEFast 7116 Air Tacker
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
FASCO TACKER REPLACEMENT PARTS
These replacement parts are for both JEFast 1416 and JEFast 7116. Piston/Driver Assemblies differ.
C D TOOTA7225 TOOTA7230
Piston/Driver Assembly—For #7216
Piston/Driver Assembly—For #7217
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
STAPLE REMOVERS
STAPLE REMOVERS
These staple removers each have a distinct look and feel, they provide slightly different functions. The Berry-style staple remover has 2 grooves, one in each prong, enabling you to grab staples or just lift the corner edges of the tacks, #402 ½” Staple Remover can get under the most stubborn staple with its chiseled blade. #121 Comb Type Staple Remover is a versatile tool, the comb edge allows for removal of multiple staples.
You can use the #402 Ripping Chisel for the toughest staples and tacks. It can also be used to remove unwanted wood sections or to split wood joints. The #120 ½” Staple Lifter has the correct angle for removing staples if damaging the wood would be a problem.
TOOTA8048
H I TOOTA 8034
#402 Ripping Chisel #120 ½” Staple Lifter
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
PNEUMATIC RIPPING TOOL
A Pneumatic tool that takes the strain out of removing tacks, staples and other fasteners from furniture frames. This air tool can be adjusted by regulating the air pressure to compensate for hard or soft woods. Also effective in lifting shredded fabric that has “glued” itself to the frame over time. Comes with all attachments.
J K L
TOOTA 8045
TOOTA8042
TOOTA8049
Pneumatic Ripping Tool
Replacement Staple Remover Attachment
Replacement Puller Attachment
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
THREAD TOOLS
TWO SPOOL THREAD STAND
This high quality dual spool thread stand is similar to many OEM designs. Mounts securely to the deck of the machine or table. The height is adjustable so that you can set it at a point where vibration from the machine does not cause thread to roll off the spool down to the base of the cone. Two eyes above the spools keep the thread feeding neatly off the cones as designed.
A TOOMI11800 Two Spool Thread Stand
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
NO SAG SPRING TOOLS
SPRING STRETCHER
This simple metal and wood tool allows a secure grip on the spring so it can be stretched into place in an existing clip. Useful for awkward spots where the lever type will not fi t.
B TOOSI7903 #297 Pull Type Spring Stretcher
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
LEVER TYPE SPRING STRETCHER
The wooden handled lever speeds up the installation and is especially useful with heavy seating springs.
C TOOSI7904 #268 Lever Type Pull Type Spring Stretcher
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
SPRING BENDER
Chrome plated sleeves are slotted to fi t loops and can be used to alter bends precisely. Designed to allow exact manipulation of the angles of the arcs on the spring. High impact handles.
D TOOSI7907 #401 1” Spring Bender (Pair)
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
SPRING END FORMER
A lever action tool that can be used as a vice when mounted to the edge of a workbench. Simplifi es the crimping of spring ends (both coil and sinuous). A cleanly crimped spring end will not slide out of clips, and can provide a spot for hog rings or clips. Instructions and mounting bolts included.
E TOOSI7905 #404 Spring End Former
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
SPRING CLIPS TOOLS
#445 PLIERS FOR 3 PRONG CLIPS
When crimping onto curved spring surfaces, use these pliers and the 3 prong clips to get the best connection on curves and arcs. The double pivot action ensures tight and complete crimping. (See pg. 174 for clips)
F TOOSI8013 #445 3 Prong Clip Pliers
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
#522 PLIERS FOR BW CLIPS
The special round contact surface on the jaws of this plier ensure a good solid clamping of BW Edgewire clips; recommended for joining edgewire to sinuous springs or other straight spring sections. (See pg. 174 for clips)
G TOOSI8026 #522 BW Clip Pliers
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
SAMPLING ACCESSORIES
SAMPLE BOOK RING
Bright chrome finished rings with locking threaded closure for use in sample books and other applications. Available in 6” or 3” diameters. Use handle #FASSA6520 to create a portable sample ring book.
A B FASSA6510 FASSA6500 6” Chrome Sample Book Ring 3” Chrome Sample Book Ring
Price Breaks: Bag (25 ea) |Box (4 bags) | Case (10 bags)
SAMPLE BOOK HANDLE
Sturdy chrome handle to go with rings listed above. 10” spacing.
C FASSA6520 10” Chrome Sample Book Handle
Price Breaks: Each | Case (175)
HANGER WITH METAL HOOK
Sturdy plastic hangers with metal hooks and clips.
D FASSA6514 8” Hanger with Metal Hook—Black
Price Breaks: Each | Case (175)
HAMMERS & MALLETS
JEWELED NAIL HAMMER
This nylon tip decorative nail hammer is specifically made to prevent damage to nails during installation. The handles are designed for comfort and durability. Use with the Jewelled Nails on p.170.
E TOOHA8210 Jeweled Nail Hammer
Size: Head L6½” | Handle 11¹/ ”
Weight: 13.6oz. Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
QUICK NAILER
Use the Quick Nailer to evenly space out your decorative nail projects. It’s quick and easy to use.
F TOOMI5999 #777 Quick Nailer
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
#4 HICKORY MALLET
A mallet formed from tough growth hickory.
G TOOMA5313 #4 Hickory Mallet
Size: | Head L5” | Face 2¼” | Handle 10½” Weight: 12oz. Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
#6 RUBBER MALLET
Tough composite rubber head. Use it for setting decorative nails, dowels or other frame elements without damage. Will prolong the life of punches when used for driving them.
H TOOMA5317 #6 Rubber Mallet
Size: Head L3¼” | Face 2” | Handle 12”
Weight: 11oz. Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
ZIPPER STOP PLIERS
Enables you to shorten zippers or make zippers of any length when working with continuous zipper tape. Helps to eliminate slippage and rotation of the zipper stops. Has a special groove that fi rmly holds the zipper stop in place. High quality forged steel with vinyl handle.
A TOOZI11010 #1012 Zipper Stop Pliers
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
HOG RING PLIERS
All pliers have a non-slip handle and will apply hog rings up to 1” in size.
TOOHO 8002
TOOHO8003
TOOHO8004
TOOHO8005
TOOHO8006
XX Straight—Hog Ring Pliers
XXL Angle—Hog Ring Pliers
L Right Angle—Hog Ring Pliers
#23 Straight—Hog Ring Pliers
#2360 Angle—Hog Ring Pliers
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
STEAMERS
HAND HELD STEAMER
This portable, versatile steamer is for removing wrinkles and puckers in fabrics, especially velvets. Not an industrial all day use steamer, but perfect for on site adjustments to upholstery or draperies. Easy to fi ll and has a visible water level indicator. Starts producing steam in 15 seconds and has a large steam vent for a continuous fl ow of steam. Features a built in thermostat and an on/off indicator light.
H TOOST7288 Esteam Hand Held Steamer
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
J-2 JIFFY STEAMER
REPLACEMENT HOSE FOR J-2 & J-4000
G TOOST 7287 Hose Replacement
Length: 5½’
Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
J-2 standard steamer from Jiffy operates with ordinary tap water and is easy and safe to use. Has a 5½’ hose and sectional rod set, removable for storage. Comes with an assembly wrench for easy, convenient setup. Heavy duty wiring. Die cast aluminum housing with 1 gallon (4.5L) checkvalve water bottle that prevents spilling. New improved heating element produces steam quickly and is specially designed to control “spitting”. Easily disassembles to remove mineral deposits. Has a shipping weight of 10lb. The heating element can be replaced.
TOOST 7285
I J TOOST 7283
J-2 Jiffy Steamer J-2 Heating Element Replacement
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
J-4000 JIFFY STEAMER
The J-4000 professional duty model has dual thermostats for steam in seconds after preheating. Features built in boiler tank made from strong rust proof #304 stainless steel. Contains a sight gauge allowing you to quickly keep a visual check on the water level within the steamer. A 1500W heating element is designed for long life. This unit features heavy duty colorcoded high temperature wiring and a three-position switch with automatic shut off. UL, CSA and CE approved. Shipping weight for this unit is 29lb. The heating element can be replaced.
K L TOOST 7284
J-4000 Jiffy Steamer
TOOST 7289
J-4000 Heating Element Replacement
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
A
UPHOLSTERY KIT
B1 UPHOLSTERY REPAIR KIT
This upholstery kit is intended for the beginner. It is ideal as a starting point for upholstery classes or as a retail item on the counter top of your shop or store. It includes an instruction book to cover the basics of a beginner’s project. Each kit contains: 1 magnetic hammer, 1 webbing stretcher, 1 claw type tack/staple lifter, 1 straight needle, 1 instruction booklet, 1 box of 12oz. tacks, 1 box of 4oz. tacks, 2 curved needles.
A TOOKI 8061 B1 Upholstery Repair Kit
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
WEBBING TOOLS
JAW WEBBING STRETCHER
Made with a hammer jaw that acts as a lever. Excellent tool for stretching webbing, as well as leather and canvas.
B TOOWB8022 3½” Jaw Webbing Stretcher
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
WOODEN WEBBING STRETCHER
A wooden stretcher with a corrugated rubber grip on one end and a row of six steel teeth on the other.
C TOOWB 8023 #8 Wooden Webbing Stretcher
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
GOOSE NECK WEBBING STRETCHER
Goose Neck Stretcher gets your hands away from the steel teeth and provides great leverage on the webbing. Hard wood with corrugated rubber on the butt of the stretcher. Polished steel pins grip the webbing with minimum ripping.
D TOOWB8024 #403 Goose Neck Webbing Stretcher
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
HOLE PUNCH TOOLS
REVOLVING PUNCH
This product is a heavy duty punch with replaceable anvil and cutters. Strong metal construction. Useful for everything from punching holes for setting fasteners, to holes at the ends of cuts in vinyls to minimize chances of tearing (this process is recommended by Naugahyde ® and is a good idea for any material that has a tendency to rip).
A TOOPU8017 #155 Revolving Punch
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
REVOLVING PUNCH REPLACEMENTS
Order only the cutters you need, or just the anvil if it wears out first. These cutters just thread into place on the punch. A pair of pliers is all that is needed for installation. The anvil must be tapped out and the stem of the new one tapped in with a hammer. B C D E
TOOPU8015 TOOPU8016
TOOPU8018 TOOPU8019 #1 Cutting Tube #2 Cutting Tube #3 Cutting Tube #4 Cutting Tube F G H
Price Breaks: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
TOOPU8020 TOOPU 8012
TOOPU8011
#5 Cutting Tube #6 Cutting Tube Anvil
PACKING PRODUCTS
HAND STRETCH FILM
This product features increased puncture resistance, elevated tear resistance, superior optics and maximum load retention for a secure cling. Quiet unwind eliminates the distracting noise generated by many films and reduced neck down for lower packaging costs.
I TAPMI7987 12.8” Hand Stretch Film
Price Breaks: Roll (492 yd) | Box (4 Rolls) | Case (8 Rolls)
CARTON SEALING TAPE & DISPENSER
The tape features a synthetic rubber/resin backing. The film is composed of biaxially-oriented polypropylene to provide moisture and impact resistance. Sturdy and durable dispenser will handle tapes from 1½”–2” wide. Easy to load, makes packaging and carton sealing simple.
The 118 spray gun is a blow-over siphon type and produces a coneshaped spray. Adjustment of volume is made by screwing the fluid nozzle up into the air stream until the right flow is obtained. This product is particularly recommended for glues and other sticky liquids that tend to gum up painting equipment. Also usable for touch-up work and ideal for production painting of small articles. Light-weight and easy to use.
A TOOMI1158 118 Spray Gun
Weight: 2 lb (0.9 kg)
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
B TOOMI1159 118 Spray Gun - Jar Only
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
EZE SPRAY GUN
A lightweight, durable alternative to the more expensive sprayers. Tube height is adjustable by loosening the adjustment nut and then sliding tube to achieve desired spray density. To clean, loosen the adjustment nut and slide the vacuum tube out. Dip tube in solvent to blow out with spray gun. Features a plastic glue pot.
C TOOMI1165 EZE Spray Gun
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
118 SPRAY GUN REPLACEMENT PARTS
TOOMI1162
TOOMI1160
TOOMI1170
TOOMI1172
TOOMI1175
TOOMI1174
TOOMI1161
TOOMI1163
Stainless Steel Tube
Aluminum Tube
Air Valve Spring
Air Nozzle
Locknut
Nozzle Spring
Fluid Nozzle
Stainless Steel Repair Kit
Price Break: Each
UPHOLSTERY LEGS: WOOD
A LEGTR5294 H3”x W5.75”–4.75” Corner Leg—Mahogany
B LEGTA5230 H4”x W3.75 ”–2.5” Tapered Square Leg—Unfinished
C LEGTA5232 H4”x W3.75 ”–2.5” Tapered Square Leg— Medium Oak
D LEGTA5234 H4”x W3.75 ”–2.5” Tapered Square Leg—Mahogany
L LEGCO5218 H6”x W2.5”–1” Contoured,Tapered Square Leg—Walnut
M LEGCU5284 H5”x W3” Curved Leg—Unfinished
N LEGCU5283 H5”x W3” Curved Leg—Walnut
O LEGCO5205 H5”x W4”-2.125” Contoured Leg—Walnut
P LEGCO5206 H6”x W2.375”-1.25” Contoured Leg—Unfinished
Q LEGCU5280 H4”x W2.625”-1.375” Curved Leg—Walnut
R LEGCO5202 H4”x W3”-1.75” Contoured Leg—Walnut
S LEGCO5214 H4.25”x W4.5”-3.25” Contoured Leg—Walnut
T LEGTA5259 H2.375”x W4”-2.75” Tapered Square Leg—Walnut
Price Breaks: Bag (4) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (12 Bags)
A LEGTA5266 H2.5”x W 2.375” -1.625” Tapered Square Leg—Espresso
B LEGCO5221 H4.5”x W 4.625”-1.75” Contoured Leg—Graphite
C LEGTA5243 H3”x W3.75”-2.5” Tapered Square Leg—Medium Oak
D LEGRO5217 H6”x W1.875”-0.875” Tapered Round Leg—Walnut
E LEGRO5215 H5”x W1.875”-0.875” Tapered Round Leg—Walnut
F LEGRO5213 H4”x W2.5”-1.5” Tapered Round Leg—Walnut
G LEGRO5212 H4”x W2.25” Round Leg—Walnut
H LEGRO5209 H2½” x W2.25” Round Leg—Walnut Finish
I LEGRO5208 H2” x W2.25” Round Leg—Walnut Finish
J LEGRO5207 H1½” x W2.25” Round Leg—Walnut Finish
- LEGTA5236 3”H x 2 3/8”W Tapered Leg
Price Breaks: Bag (4) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (12 Bags)
HANGER BOLT
Wood to metal hanger bolts. The wood screw end mounts into the leg and the threaded machine screw end fits into any 5/16” T-Nut.
K LEGHA5235 H3½”x W5/16” Hanger Bolt
Price Breaks: Bag (25) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (40 Bags)
BARBED T-NUT
Can be used with bolt style legs or threaded bolt castors. To attach, drill a hole for the bolt to recess into. Hammer the T-nut into the hole. The barbs lock the nut into the wood and the leg can easily be removed and reinstalled later. Made from 1050 steel.
LLEGTN 5233 LEGTN5231 5/16” Barbed T-Nut
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
¼” Barbed T-Nut
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
UPHOLSTERY LEGS: GLIDES
GLIDES
A LEGGL5063 ⅝” Plastitack Glide—Nylon
Price Breaks: Bag (50) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
UPHOLSTERY LEGS: METAL
B LEGME5089 H5”x W1”-1" Metal Square Leg—Brushed Nickel
Price Breaks: Bag (4) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (12 Bags)
C LEGME5092 H3.2”x W2" Metal Round Leg—Brushed Nickel
Price Breaks: Bag (4) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (12 Bags)
D LEGME5084 H4.5”x W3.375"-0.75" Metal Square Leg—Brushed Nickel
Price Breaks: Bag (4) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (12 Bags)
E LEGME5085 H5”x W5.75"-1" Metal Square Leg—Chrome
Price Breaks: Bag (4) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (12 Bags)
UPHOLSTERY LEGS: ACRYLIC
F LEGAC5301 H4.3”x W2.3”-1.3” Tapered Square Leg—Clear
Price Breaks: Bag (4) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (12 Bags)
G LEGAC 5302 H4”x W3”-1.5” Contoured Leg—Clear
Price Breaks: Bag (4) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (12 Bags)
H LEGAC 5303 H6”x W1.9” Tapered Round Leg—Clear
Price Breaks: Bag (4) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (12 Bags)
Ennis Fabrics + ULTRAFABRICS
Ultimate softness and unbeatable strength. Sensorial grains and innovative textures. Naturally animal-free and easy to tailor in any application. Born in the cross-section of Japanese craftsmanship and technological pioneering, Ultrafabrics is function and beauty in perfect harmony.
Ultraleather® | Brisa® | Ultratech™
tacks & nails
STANDARD— 7/16” NAIL HEAD
TACNA6049
TACNA6050
TACNA6047
TACNA6048
TACNA6041
TACNA6045
TACNA6046
TACNA6021
TACNA6022
TACNA6026
TACNA6024
TACNA6031
TACNA6032
TACNA6034
TACNA6037
DECORATIVE NAILS
Decorative nails are used to complement, show woods and gimps on furniture as well as to anchor nail strips and trims. A large assortment of colors and designs are available. Decorative nails should be set lightly in place with a tack hammer, then gently set with a mallet to avoid damaging the decorative face.
OX NAILS—1” NAIL HEAD
#9 Nail—French Natural ½” Post #9 Nail—French Natural ¾” Post #9 Nail—Antique Brass ½” Post #9 Nail—Antique Brass ¾” Post #9 Nail—Bright Brass ½” Post #9 Nail—Nickel-Plated ½” Post #9 Nail—Nickel-Plated ¾” Post #210 Nail—Nickel-Plated ½” Post #210 Nail—Nickel-Plated ¾” Post #210 Nail—White ¾” Post #210 Nail—Black ¾” Post #1515A Nail—Antique ½” Post #1515A Nail—Antique ¾” Post #1515A Nail—Nickel-Plated ½” Post #1533 Nail—Antique ½” Post
Price Breaks: Bag (1,000) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
PANEL NAIL— ¾” NAIL HEAD
KTACNA6009
TACNA6008 Threaded Nail—Steel ⅞” Post Unthreaded Nail—Steel ⅞” Post
Price Breaks: Bag (1,000) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
4 TRI SQUARE—⅝” NAIL HEAD
L M TACNA6016 TACNA6014 Old Copper—¾” Post Natural—¾” Post
Price Breaks: Bag (10) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
N O P
TACNA5926
TACNA5925
TACNA 5917
Round Ox Nail—Pewter ½” Post
Round Ox Nail—Black ½” Post
Round Ox Nail—Brass ⅝” Post
Price Breaks: Bag (10) | Box (5 Bags) |
Case (10 Bags)
OX NAILS— ⅝” NAIL HEAD
Q R S
TACNA 5923
TACNA5924
TACNA5922
Round Ox Nail—Pewter ⅞” Post
Round Ox Nail—Brass ⅞” Post Round Ox Nail—Black ⅞” Post
Price Breaks: Bag (10) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
OX NAILS—¾” NAIL HEAD
TACNA5921
TACNA5920
V W
TACNA5919
TACNA5918
Square Ox Nail—Pewter ⅞” Post
Square Ox Nail—Black ⅞” Post
Square Ox Nail—Copper ⅞” Post
Square Ox Nail—Brass ⅞” Post
Price Breaks: Bag (10) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
NAIL STRIPS
The Continuous Nail Strip will simulate a row of evenly-spaced #9 nails without all the measuring, time and nails. Speeds up upholstering operations and cuts costs 50–80%. Provides accurate spacing for a uniform and professional appearance. Hole every forth cap for a real nail to anchor the strip and allow you to secure it around curves or other shapes. Plain 7/16” head to be used with our #9 Nails (#6041, #6045, and #6046).
Y
TACNA6013
TACNA6012
Nickel Nail Strip—With ¾” Post Nails
French Natural Nail Strip—With ¾” Post Nails
Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) |
Case (10 Rolls)
NATURAL— ⅝” POST
TACNA6006
TACNA6020
TACNA6010
TACNA6002
TACNA6000
French Natural— 1” Head Size
French Natural—⅞”Head Size
French Natural— ¾” Head Size
French Natural—⅝”Head Size
French Natural—7/16” Head Size
Price Breaks: Bag (250) | Box (5 bags) |
Case (10 Bags)
JEWELLED NAILS— ⅝
” POST
DARK NATURAL— ⅝” POST
TACNA5913
TACNA5910
TACNA5916
Price Breaks: Bag (1000) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags) FRENCH
F G H I J K L M
TACNA 5932
TACNA5933
TACNA5930
TACNA5931
TACNA5934
TACNA5935
TACNA5936
TACNA5937
Small Square—Nickel ⅜” Head Size
Large Square—Nickel 9/16” Head Size
Small Rounded Black—Brass ⅜” Head Size
Large Rounded Black—Brass ½” Head Size
Small Rounded—Brass ⅜” Head Size
Large Rounded—Brass ½” Head Size
Small Rounded—Nickel ⅜” Head Size
Large Rounded—Nickel ½” Head Size
Price Breaks: Bag (10) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
TACKS & TACKING STRIPS
METAL TACKTITE TACK STRIP
For extra hold, serrated teeth have been punched through this 10oz. metal strip. They give the ultimate grip in the wood frame once set. 24” and 27” lengths minimize the need to cut the product.
TACNA5908
TACNA5906
Dark Natural—1” Head Size
Dark Natural—⅞” Head Size
Dark Natural—¾” Head Size
Price Breaks: Bag (250) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
Dark Natural—⅝” Head Size
Price Breaks: Bag (500) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
Dark Natural—7/16” Head Size
FIBER TACKING STRIP COIL
½” fi ber tacking strip in a continuous coil of 535’ for the production line. Tough enough for most uses but can be torn to length by hand for the fastest application of cover fabrics.
TACST 8331
TACST8332
S S S TACST8329
24” Metal Tacktite Tack Strip
27” Metal Tacktite Tack Strip
30” Metal Tacktite Tack Strip
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
CARDBOARD TACKING STRIP
Use as an edge stiffener and tack strip when blind tacking covers to a frame. Can be easily torn by hand and will accept a degree of curve without buckling. In a 5 lb bundle, there are ~350 pieces.
U TACST8351 ½” Continuous Tack Strip (535’ Coil)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
CURVE EASE STRIP
The ideal solution for attaching a cover to diffi cult curved areas. Eliminates time consuming hand sewing, blind stitching, decorative nails and gimp tacks. Sturdy pliable metal provides ample strength for shaping into any curve for any style. Sharp metal prongs in a series of two or three to grip fabrics or plastics. 3 Prongs are closely spaced to eliminate unwanted scalloping of the fabric.
71 Series Staples fit standard tackers, Fasco 71 series Senco Staplers and JEFast 7116. To help prevent rusting, the staples are made from galvanized steel.
Stainless steel staples for the air tackers are carried in one size only. Other sizes are available through special order based on quantity. More expensive than standard staples, but stronger and more rust resistant. Compatible with Fasco 1400 Series, Haubold Stapler and JEFast 1416.
High quality pneumatic tacker has the advantage of having very few moving parts and those that do are easily replaceable. Piston/driver assembly available.
F G TOOTA7211 TOOTA7210 Fasco 1400 Series Tacker Fasco 71 Series Tacker
Head Width: ⅜”
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
JEFAST AIR TACKERS
These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter duty and more economical choice.
H I TOOTA7216 TOOTA7217 JEFast 1416 Air Tacker JEFast 7116 Air Tacker
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
SPRINGS: COIL
The hardness of a coil spring is determined by the wire gauge, temper and the shape of the spring. The thicker the gauge of wire, the harder the spring. Occasionally you will see three initials after the designation KOE (knotted one end), KBE (knotted both ends) or OBE (open both ends). We carry the KOE style, which is suitable for both seats and backs in the correct gauge.
By varying the coil diameter over the length of the spring, it is possible to get differing spring rates depending on the load placed on the spring. For example, a spring can give way initially, and then progressively stiffen as the load increases and this will give a comfortable but firm seat.
COIL SPRINGS
The 8gge is suited for use in softer seats, while the 9gge is better suited for firmer seats.
Edgewire is used for constructing, modifying or finishing metal and spring frames. Used in furniture and automotive seating, it is also frequently used for hog ring bars (which may be welded in place), or attached with clips to springs or other frame edges.
B SPRWI4209 9gge x 12’ Edgewire
Price Breaks: Each | Box (25 ea) | Case (50 ea)
PLASTIC COATED WIRE
Plastic sheath on the wire provides lower friction and noise reduction. In addition, the plastic compresses when crimped, so clips and hog rings will not “slide” or come loose under flexing. Normally used in furniture frame construction or automotive applications.
C SPRWI4210 16gge Plastic Coat Wire
Price Break: Each (4000’ Reel) | Box ( 3 ea) | Case (5 ea)
SPRINGS: CLIPS
EK NO SAG CLIPS
These four hole clips allow a variety of nail combinations depending on the stress placed by either spring gauge or position.
E SPRCL3023 EK No Sag Clips
3 PRONG CLIPS
springs & coils
HOG RINGS
Low carbon steel rings used in seat construction in the automotive industry. Sold in 5lb bags (~2000 rings).
D SPRWI5143 ¾” Hog Rings
Price Breaks: Bag (5lb) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
Price Breaks: Bag (5 lb) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
The 3 prong clip secures the edge wire to no sag or coil springs. Best crimped with 445 Plier #8013 (p.160).
F SPRCL3021 3 Prong Clips
Price Breaks: Bag (500) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
BW EDGEWIRE CLIPS
Used to attach no sag springs, edge springs and torsion springs to border and edge wires. Works best on two straight surfaces. For easy installation 522 Plier #8026 are designed for closing BW clips. (p.160)
A SPRCL 3022 BW Edgewire Clip
Price Breaks: Bag (640) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (8 Bags)
IN CORRECT: Do not mount the clip over the edge. This will place a greater strain on the clip as spring flexes.
IN CORRECT: Do not put the clip too far back from the edge of the frame. This will allow the spring leverage on the clip.
SPRINGS: NO SAG SINUOUS SPRINGS
No Sag springs, also known as sagless or zig-zag, are the most common low profile springs in general upholstery. A solid and sturdy frame is required to bear the stresses, from the front to back rail and top to bottom rail pull of these springs (occasionally reinforcing is required).
NO SAG REEL
High tensile strength tempered wire spring. No Sag has a slightly more open spring density than the regular XL Loop Springs. 8gge and 9gge is used in seating, and 11gge is used for seat backs.
RUBBER WEBBING CLIPS
Another alternative for securing rubber or elastic webbings to frames. 2” width clips can be nailed to the frame edge to secure the webbing. Teeth punched out on the bottom of the clip will grip the webbing solidly without tearing.
B SPRCL3028 Rubber Webbing Clips
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (10 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
TIPS ON MOUNTING CLIP PLACEMENT
Spring clips should always be mounted as shown, flush with the inside edge of the frame rails. If they are mounted forward or back of this position, then the downward movement of the spring will serve to lever the clip away from the wood.
CORRECT: The clip is flush with the edge of the frame. This does not put excess strain on the clip and allows the spring to pivot properly.
Maximum resilience is obtained when a convex spring arc height is between 2” and 2¼”. This is the “rise” of the spring over the frame rail mounting point. If you wish to add an existing spring, use a hinge link at the back of the frame.
NO SAG SEAT SPRING*
High tensile strength wire springs in 8 gge seating stiffness, cut into 24” and 26” lengths and ready to use.
-SPRSI7469
8gge x 24” No Sag Seat Spring
SPRSI7479
8gge x 26” No Sag Seat Spring
SPRSI7429
SPRSI7439
-SPRSI7419
8gge No Sag Reel—111‘
9gge No Sag Reel—120’
11gge No Sag Reel—140‘
Price Breaks: Roll (120’) | Box (5 Rolls) |
Case (10 Rolls)
Price Breaks: Bag (10) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
* Order minimum of 10 for all No Sag Seat Spring
NO SAG SOFT EDGE SPRING*
Developed to serve the dual purpose of spring and spring edge in one piece. They are installed quickly and give uniform contour and feel across the installation. Available in 8 gge only for use in seating applications.
C SPRSI7409
8gge x 26” No Sag Soft Edge Spring
Price Breaks: Bag (10) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
* Order minimum of 10 for all No Sag Seat Spring
SPRING TENSION & MOUNTING NOTES
For springs up to 24” in length, shorten the spring cut length by ½” compared to the distance between the inside edges of the clips. For springs 26” or greater in length, increase this dimension to ¾” to 1”, depending on the type of “sit” that is desired.
Never use a spring that is longer than the length between the clips, otherwise “pocketing” will occur.
It is not recommended that you exceed spring lengths of 28” without the use of connecting links or bracing wires to spread the load to a greater area.
swivel bases
SWIVEL ROCKER BASES
These units have been the industry standard for years; in most cases, these can be direct replacements for older rockers. The design incorporates multiple mounting holes for screws or bolts. The five leg design allows for maximum stability in all directions. The width at the leg base varies from 22” to 24” depending on the height of the base. Height of the chair will be measured by the leg height plus the 3” base.
A B C
BASRO7309
BASRO7319
BASRO7329
2” Swivel Rocker Base (5” from ground)
3” Swivel Rocker Base (6” from ground)
5” Swivel Rocker Base (8” from ground)
Price Breaks: Each | Case (6 ea)
SWIVEL ROCKER BOX
The same unit as found on the five leg rocker base but without the legs. Mounts using a standard 7” swivel plate (#BASRO7345) as a base. Multiple elongated mounting holes will accommodate a wide range of seat types. Swivels 360° and rocks.
D BASRO7339 Swivel Rocker Box (No Legs)
Price Breaks: Each | Case (6 ea)
SWIVEL PLATE
Pre-lubricated and ready to install, no assembly required. Heavy mounting plates are made of 12 gauge steel and hole punched for inside or outside mounting. This swivel pad features a long life, ball bearing mechanism. Mounting hole centers from 6½” to 8” using elongated holes. Swivels 360°.
E BASRO7345 7” Swivel Rocker Plate
Price Breaks: Each | Case (6 ea)
Bottom view
Due to the variety of size and weight of chairs and the distribution of weight in chair frames, each chair style on which a swivel rocker mechanism is used must be individually balanced by the installer.
There are two springs at the front of the base and one at the rear.
A. Move unit toward back. This makes the unit more resistant to rocking back.
B. Move unit toward front to rock back easier.
WARNING: Too far in this direction will cause the chair to tip backwards.
Position one of the five legs so that it is in line with the front of the base. Position the base on the bottom of the chair so that the leg in front is center aligned with the bottom of the chair
HOW TO BEGIN BALANCING EACH CHAIR STYLE
(Based on 5’10–6’ tall, 180–200lb (82–91 kg) occupant)
In a balanced chair, the chair will tip forward when the occupant seated lifts their legs straight out. It may or may not reach front “stop” position but should tip over forward.
In a balanced chair, the chair will sit approximately level when the occupant sits still with their hands clasped behind their head and their heels lifted off the floor and held against the lower front of the chair frame. The chair should not rock back in this situation.
NOTE: If both the forward and rearward balance conditions demonstrated above cannot be achieved by relocating the rocker unit per A and B above, the chair being balanced may be too heavy, too large or too deep for this type of mechanism to be safely used.
RETURN-О-MATIC
The 7” memory swivel unit returns to its original position making it ideal for barstools and other seating applications. Sturdy 12 gauge steel construction with ball bearing swivel surface. Plate size is 6¾” square. Mounting hole consists of ⅞” x ¼” slots on 5½” centers. Low profile unit adds less than 1” height.
A BASRO7350 Return-O-Matic Swivel Plate
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
A
FRONT
buttons & snaps
BUTTONS
BUTTON SIZING INFO
The numbers used to size the upholstery buttons (e.g. 22, 30, 36, 45) are based on a scale of 40 units to the inch, for example a #30 button represents 30 out of 40, or ¾” in diameter before covering. Using this scale, the common sizes roughly translate into:
#22 = ⁹/₁₆” #30 = ¾” #36 = ⁷/₈” #45 = 1¹/₈ ”
All the button machines listed function by crimping the shell around the button back, over a wide range of material thickness and weights. This can lead to the need for some correction of pressure or possibly a set of dies made for a different thickness of material. If you are not able to resolve your problems with the information provided here, please feel free to consult our Customer Service Center for further information.
NOTE: There are many types of buttons and machines that are available on a special order basis. If you do not see the item you need here, please contact our Customer Service Center or your sales representative for more information.
COMMON PROBLEMS
1 Material does not wrap cleanly around shell to form button.
SOLUTIONS
Check alignment of button dies, adjust stop pins on swivel base. Center the dies to ensure the buttons are completely crimped.
2 Shell is dented or vinyl covering is creased Die may be for lighter material or stroke pressure may be too high.
3 Shell not crimped, back of button is not inside shell. Stroke pressure may be too light. Ensure dies are aligned and try increasing pressure.
4 Vinyl material tears or cuts, fabrics cut. Sign shell being too hard use softer shells. Can also try warming vinyl before crimping, lubricate with silicone, or apply light oil to bottom die (if using vinyl). Also check dies for burrs or nicks.
5 Shell not crimped and back pushed up completely inside.
6 Back of button collapses or buckles. Back not far enough into shell, shell is crushed.
7 The shell is loose and coming off of the button back.
BUTTON SHELLS
Material is too light for the die. Try using a double layer of material or with a lining.
Material is too heavy for the die.
Material is too light for the die. Try using thicker fabric or adding a lining.
Soft shells for use with various styles of backs. The soft shell is the industry standard for the widest range of applications. Harder shells have a tendency to cut some types of vinyls and fabrics. Order the shells and backs you need for the complete set.
Zinc plated soft button shells for use in marine and outdoor furniture, will not rust or cause streaking. All metal backs are zinc plated, standard shells are unplated but do have a treatment to resist corrosion. For extra protection, zinc plating is recommended.
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
Two prongs with chiseled ends for pushing through fill provides the attaching mechanism for this button back. Fast and economical, requiring no special skills for installation. Excess prong length can be removed with pliers or side cutters if need be. Ideal for use with solid backed jobs. Can be used on backed materials using the prong button washer, see part #BUTUP2021. This unit is sold by the gross without the shell.
G H I BUTUP2102 BUTUP 2098 BUTUP2015 BUTUP2104 #30 2½” #36 1½” #36 2” #36 2½”
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
PRONG BUTTON WASHER
Use this washer to give a solid location of a prong style button and minimize the chance of pull-through. Can be used to give extra support to tufting clasps. Strongly recommended with any of the prong button molds.
J BUTUP2021 Prong Button Washer
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
TUFTING WASHER
An easy to use washer, can be threaded onto pre-tied strings or tufted through the center normally. Will not corrode or rust and is silent when in contact with metal or wood components. 1¹/₈ ” in diameter.
K BUTUP2108 Plastic Tufting Washer
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
WIRE EYE BACKS
A sturdy closed loop wire eye for attaching the button used in tufting and other button applications. Will withstand an 80lb (36.3 kg) pull. Can be tied, used with clasps from a tufting needle or otherwise attached. Has the most common and versatile back. These are sold without the shells.
#30 Wire Eye Back
#36 Wire Eye Back
#45 Wire Eye Back
L M N O BUTUP2001 BUTUP2003 BUTUP2005 BUTUP2006 #22 Wire Eye Back
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
LOOP EYE BACKS
The #44 small wire eye back has a smaller eye to be used against delicate materials to minimize piercing and runs. Zinc plated for rust resistance.
#22—44 Small Loop Eye Back
#30—44 Small Loop Eye Back
#36—44 Small Loop Eye Back
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
THREADED NAIL BACKS
Threaded nail back buttons for use in applications using the spring washer listed below. Using this combination will ensure positive placement of the button, even in wood. It prevents pulling out as the wood ages and movement of the button occurs, loosening the nail back. Available in 4 different sizes listed. Matching shells are sold separately.
BUTUP2041 BUTUP2051 BUTUP2043 BUTUP2045
#22 ” Threaded Nail
#22 1½” Threaded Nail
#30 ⅞” Threaded Nail
#36 ¾” Threaded Nail
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
SPRING WASHERS
This washer allows for a better location of nail back buttons and minimizes the chance of pull-through. The nail cannot pull back through once gripped by the teeth of the washer. ¹⁵/₁₆” diameter.
A BUTUP 2067 15/16” Spring Washers
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
DURA SNAP RINGS
High impact nylon rings that work with upholstery soft shells to create a covered button that fits over any standard Dura Snap fastener. This product is available in two sizes and is a versatile option in finishing and trimming applications in automotive and marine.
B C BUTUP2036 BUTUP2030 #30 Dura Snap Rings #36 Dura Snap Rings
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
PIVOT BACK AND TACKS
Special two part back can be installed from the back of a surface and gives a pivoting action. Ideal when a button is required on only one side of a cushion. Can be used in tailoring skirts. Easily snapped together with hand pressure but will not pull apart.
D BUTUP2037 #30 Pivot Back with ½” Tack
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS
A
NYLON HOOK BACK
Nylon hook backs can streamline and speed up tufting operations with the patented dual locking hook.
F G H BUTUP2086 BUTUP2088 BUTUP2090 BUTUP2092 #22 Nylon Hook Back #30 Nylon Hook Back #36 Nylon Hook Back #45 Nylon Hook Back
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (25 Bags)
A heavy-duty button-style fastener. Socket construction assures a firm grip which is maintained throughout use. Used in automotive, industrial and marine trades.
DURA SNAP SOCKET
Standard socket for use with all Dura Snap Caps.
I FASDB4003 Dura Snap Socket
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
DURA SNAP POSTS
J K FASDB3995 FASDB4007 Dura Snap Post—Long Dura Snap Post—Standard
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
BABY DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS
BABY DURA SNAP CAPS & POST
Use with socket #FASBB3997. Diameter of cap is ½”.
N O P
FASBB 3992
FASBB 3996
FASBB 3999
Baby Dura Snap Cap—Black Brass
Baby Dura Snap Cap—Nickel Brass
Baby Dura Snap Post—Nickel Brass
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
DURA SNAP STUD
For use with Dura Snap Posts (#FASDB4007 or #FASDB3995), or with #6 Head Screw.
L FASDB4004 Dura Snap Stud
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
DURA SNAP CAPS
Use with socket #FASDB4003. Diameter of cap is 9/16”.
M FASDB 4001 Dura Snap Standard Cap
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
BABY DURA SNAP SOCKET
Q FASBB 3997
Baby Dura Snap Socket—Nickel Brass
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
BABY DURA SNAP STUD
R FASBB3998
Baby Dura Snap Stud—Nickel Brass
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
VENTS AND WASHERS
Brass ¾” vents and washers for use in mattresses, upholstery and any other application where airflow is a concern. Requires #TOOGR9022
Vent Die to set the ventilators.
A GROMI9021 #1 Vents and Washers
Price Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
VENT DIE
misc. hardware
This die quickly sets the #GROMI9021 ventilators. Merely punch your hole, set the ventilator with the neck up on the base, slip the fabric in place then put the washer on top. A few even taps with a mallet will set the vent.
E TOOGR 9022 #621 Vent Die
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
ALUMINUM HINGES
F FITHI 2776
W3” x L6’ Flat Continuous Hinge
A flat-style continuous hinge in a mill finish aluminum with 3/16” holes drilled on 4” centers.
Price Breaks: Each | 25 ea | 50 ea
G FITHI 2772
D-RING
These rings are unwelded nickel plated steel and have a thickness of 2 mm. Used in conjunction with hooks #BAGHO6790 or #BAGHO6788 to attach cushions onto upholstered furniture.
B BAGDR3890 ¾” Nickel Plated Steel D-Ring
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
SNAP HOOKS
Quick release snap hooks. Used to attach cushions.
C BAGHO6790 ¾” Nickel Plated Steel Snap Hook
Price Breaks: Bag (25) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (20)
SPRING HOOKS
These hooks are light weight nickel plated steel. Used to attach cushions onto upholstered furniture.
D BAGHO6788 ¾” Spring Hook with Strap Eye
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
W4½” x L6’ “W” Continuous Hinge
A W-shaped hinge in a mill finish aluminum, drilled on 2” centers, staggered at ½”. Hinge lies open to a width of 4½”; aluminum is 0.060” thick.
Price Breaks: Each | 25 ea | 50 ea
SECTIONAL CONNECTOR
There are two parts included in each connector; one mounts on each section and then they are joined by pushing the pieces together. Just lift the catch fork to separate. When not in use the forks can be swiveled underneath to be completely hidden.
H FRAMI 3035 Sectional Connector
Price Breaks: Bag (10 ea) | Box (10 Bags) | Case (20 Bags)
DOWEL PINS
Used to strengthen frames. Spiral grooves help distribute glue along the dowels.
I FRADO4031 ⅜”x 2” Birch Dowel Pins
Price Breaks: Bag (50) | Box (10 Bags) | Case (50 Bags) I
zippers
JEF ZIPPERS: COIL
Unlike the metal zipper, the coil chain will not scratch the operators hands when filling cushions and will not break needles when being sewn. Also allows for smooth operation when a curve is needed in particular cushion styles.
#4.5 COIL CHAIN ZIPPER
#4.5 regular duty coil chain tape is an ideal zipper for cushions, inside pockets, bags or any light duty application. It has a low profile when installed and a very clean appearance either open or closed. An economical solution to any fastening needs.
A B C ZIPCC 9912 ZIPCC9909 ZIPCC9970
#4.5 Coil Chain Zipper—Black
#4.5 Coil Chain Zipper—White
#4.5 Coil Chain Zipper—Beige
Price Breaks: Roll (300yd) | Box (4 Rolls) | Case (12 Rolls)
#4.5 COIL SLIDE PIN LOCK
Pin locking single tab sliders for #4.5 coil zippers. These sliders will stay and do not have a tendency to drift open. Two pins on the slider lock into the teeth of the chain when the tab is pressed down and stays in place until the tab is lifted again.
#5 COIL ZIPPER CHAIN
K L M
ZIPCC9880
ZIPCC9890
ZIPCC11660
#5 Coil Chain ⅝”—Black
#5 Coil Chain ⅝”—White
#5 Coil Chain ⅝”—Off-White
Price Breaks: Roll (200yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
#5 ZIPPER SLIDERS
ZIPCC9891
ZIPCC9879
ZIPCC10001
ZIPCC11682
ZIPCC11670
#5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—White
#5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black
#5 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black
#5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Off-White
#5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (10 Bags) | Case (50 Bags)
D E F ZIPCC9929 ZIPCC9906
#4.5
ZIPCC9971
#4.5 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Black
#4.5 Coil Slide Pin Lock—White
#4.5 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Beige
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (10 Bags) | Case (50 Bags)
COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK
Non-locking sliders are great for seat cushions and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product.
G H
ZIPCC 9914
ZIPCC9917
#4.5 Coil Slide Non-Lock—Black
#4.5 Coil Slide Non-Lock—White
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (10 Bags) | Case (50 Bags)
#4.5 COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK—LONG TAB
Non-locking sliders with extra long tabs are easier to grip and move. Great for seat cushions and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product.
I J
ZIPCC9887
ZIPCC9910
#4.5 Coil Slide Non-Lock—Black
#4.5 Coil Slide Non-Lock—White
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (10 Bags) | Case (50 Bags)
#5 FINISHED COIL—OPEN END AUTOLOCK
S S S
ZIPCF11500
ZIPCF11501
ZIPCF11502
#5 Coil 16” Open End Autolock—Black
#5 Coil 18” Open End Autolock—Black
#5 Coil 20” Open End Autolock—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (10) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
YKK® METAL
See Zipper Notes on p.43.
YKK® #4 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE
This size has been the industry standard for cushion zipper for decades. Sliders mount very easily to zipper tape.
A ZIPAL9913 YKK® #4 Aluminum Zipper Tape— Natural
Price Breaks: Roll (273yd) | Box (4 Rolls) | Case (8 Rolls)
YKK® #4 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDER
B ZIPAL9916 YKK® #4 Aluminum Zipper Slider
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
YKK® #5 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE
#5 is slightly larger and stronger. It is intended for more strenuous applications such as bags and thicker cushions on upholstered furniture, where a slightly heavier load is expected.
C ZIPAL9918 YKK® #5 Aluminum Zipper Tape— Lt. Beige
Price Breaks: Roll (109yd) | Box (4 Rolls) | Case (8 Rolls)
YKK® #5 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDER
D ZIPAL9919 YKK® #5 Aluminum Zipper Slider
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
YKK® #4 BRASS ZIPPER TAPE
The brass finish is a more decorative alternative to aluminum for those applications where you want to stay with the traditional look and feel of metal zippers. The brass is strong, attractive, weatherproof and easy to use.
E ZIPBR9911 YKK® #4 Brass Zipper Tape— Beige
Price Breaks: Yard | 50 yd | 400 yd
YKK® #4 BRASS ZIPPER SLIDER
F ZIPBR9915 YKK® #4 Brass Zipper Slider
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
Please see p.162 for Zipper Stop Pliers
needles & thread
PATTERN MAKING
CARDBOARD
Sturdy cardboard sheeting in three thicknesses. This material can be used for making patterns or laminated together to make panels, stiffeners, etc. #PATCA3249 is often used as door panels in automotive and van customizing.
-PATCA3219 PATCA3229 28”x 40” 0.04gge—Standard Brown 40”x 60” 0.057gge—Standard Brown
Price Breaks: Each | Package (15) | Case (100)
- PATCA3249 37”x 60” 0.1gge (2 ply)—Matte Black
Price Breaks: Bag (5 ea) | Box (5 Bags)| Case (10 Bags)
SANIGENE ® CHALK
Dustless Sanigene ® blackboard chalk. A PATCH3001 Sanigene® Chalk—White
Price Breaks: Bag (144 pieces) | Box (12 Bags) | Case (24 Bags)
TAILOR'S CHALK
Tailor's style crayon chalk can be easily resharpened and is non-permanent on most surfaces. Unlike some inks, the wax base will not bleed through surfaces. The white chalk can be removed from dark surfaces with the quick touch of an iron or steamer.
B C D
PATCH3005
PATCH3007
PATCH3008
Tailor's Chalk—White
Tailor's Chalk—Yellow
Tailor's Chalk—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (48 pieces) | Box (24 Bags) | Case (48 Bags)
HEAD PINS
2½” long pins for holding covers in place for fi tting. The bright heads make them easy to see and remove.
E F G
PATPI6257
PATPI6258
PATPI6259 Plastic Head Pin—Red Plastic Head Pin—Blue Plastic Head Pin—Yellow
Price Breaks: Bag (100 pieces) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 Bags)
SKEWERS
3” 16gge steel skewers with a large eye end for gripping, threading and pinning covers while fi tting.
H PATPI6255 3” Steel Skewers
Price Breaks: Bag (36 pieces) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (8 Bags)
RULERS
These aluminum rulers are light and versatile, they double as a measuring stick and a straight edge. The numbers are printed on, not stamped into the ruler, giving a smooth nonsnagging surface when used as a straightedge. Comes in two widths and are both 60” in length.
I J
PATRU6608
PATRU6609
1½”x 60” Aluminum Ruler
2”x 60” Aluminum Ruler
Price Break: Each | 6 ea | 12 ea
TWIST PIN
This curling pin with plastic “crystal” head is ideal for holding doilies and arm covers in place.
K PATPI6251 Crystal Knobby Twist Pin
Price Break: Bag (500 pieces) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
NEEDLES: TUFTING
There are two basic classes of needles; the round point and the bayonet point. The bayonet (or cutting) point is recommended for heavier materials that are not prone to splitting, such as leathers and other heavy fabrics.
DOUBLE STRAIGHT ROUND
DOUBLE STRAIGHT BAYONET
Double Straight Round Point
Double Straight Bayonet Point
Single Straight Round Point
Price Breaks: Each | 4 ea | 12 ea
TUFTING
ROUND SINGLE BAYONET
NEEST6236 NEEST6247 NEEST6228
NEEST6235 NEEST6246 NEEST6227
NEEST6234 NEEST6245 NEEST6226
NEEST6233NEEST6225NEEST6223
Specially made clips are used with the Tufting Needle. They set into the needle near the point, and after inserting, the clip is ejected by the spring loaded handle and the button is set fi rmly in place. Needles and clips are sold separately.
A
B NEETU6261
Tufting Needle
Price Break: Each | 4 ea | 12 ea
NEETU6262
Tufting Clips
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
NEEDLE KIT
C NEECU6201 F1 Assorted Needle Kit
NEEDLES: HAND SEWING
Curved Round Point
Curved Bayonet Point
NEECU6208 NEECU6218
Price Breaks: Each | 4 ea | 12 ea
REGULATORS
NEECU6207 NEECU6217
NEECU6205 NEECU6215
Regulators are used for adjusting stuffi ng behind covers. D E NEERE6601 NEERE6606 9” Plastic Handle Regulator 10” Steel Regulator
Price Breaks: Each | 4 ea | 12 ea
NEECU6204
NEECU6214
The F1 needle kit consists of 4 common sizes of curved round needle points. One each of the following: 6” 15gge
5” 16gge
4” 17gge
3” 18gge
Price Breaks: Each | 4 ea | 12 ea
THREADS: MONOFILAMENT
This transparent thread is made from a single extruded filament of nylon (fishing line) to a specific diameter. Being transparent, there is no need to color match as the job changes.
At Ennis Fabrics, we carry this thread in two sizes. It is intended for high production use. It will not absorb lubrication, although, being nylon, it has a degree of self-lubrication. It is often run through a foam pad with silicone or some similar lubricant.
This is a 100% nylon hand-sewing thread. Hand stitching is often used to finish seams of blind stitch and places heavy demands on a thread. This thread has both the strength and abrasion resistance required for hand sewing. It is very heavy to allow strong pulls and can be used with confidence. This thread will not break under the strain of hand stitching.
Known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear with its controlled stretch and recovery properties. It is unaffected by mildew or rot. Finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils specially designed to provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Protects from needle heat to ensure good sewability and prevents fusing of thread and fabric yarns. Our 69 Nylon thread is UV-treated and has a good resistance to strength loss, although prolonged exposure to sunlight could cause some deterioration.
Break Strength: 11.5 lb Price Breaks: Each (1 lb, or ~6,000 yd) | Box (10 ea) | Case (40 ea)
A THR69134129 Sta White L1 THR69136081 Fire Rd 2580 W2 THR69135520 Navy #3
B THR69130001 Natural M1 THR69135000 Scarlet X2 THR69167011 Midnight
C THR69135553 Cream N1 THR69135048 Red Y2 THR69134230 Salmon
D THR69134099 Beige O1 THR69136241 Scarlet Z2 THR69167069 Chinese Rust
I THR69167059 Deer T1 THR69135312 Purple E3 THR69134297 Sable
J THR69135417 Platinum U1 THR69134444 Seafoam F3 THR69167067 Toast Brown
K THR69167058 Pebble Beige V1 THR69136179 Dk Green G3 THR69135551 Chestnut
L THR69136030 Beige W1 THR69134067 Green Olive H3 THR69135557 Brown
M THR69136220 String 5005 X1 THR69167021 Green Pepper I3 THR69134136 Wood
N THR69167063 Marron Glace Y1 THR69134811 Class Green J3 THR69135561 Brown
O THR69167060 French Beige Z1 THR69167025 Evergreen K3 THR69135472 Dk Mahogany
P THR69134086 Sand A2 THR69167047 Mist L3 THR69167073 Dk Mahogany
Q THR69135103 Mastic Beige B2 THR69134144 Silver M3 THR69135100 Seal
R THR69134664 Lt Beaver C2 THR69167048 Nickel N3 THR69167075 Walnut
S THR69134609 Sand #2 D2 THR69135670 Steel O3 THR69136048 Chocolate
T THR69136188 Sand E2 THR69135631 Steel P3 THR69167071 Gold Brown U THR69134140 Shade 1600 F2 THR69167050 Cub Q3 THR69136135 Tonka Toast
V THR69135477 Saba Sand G2 THR69163120 Foliage GN 504 R3 THR69163114 Coyote W THR69163233 Tan 499 H2 THR69136195 New GRY90782 S3 THR69167074 Chestnut X THR69134257 Silver I2 THR69136139 Dark Silver T3 THR69167015 Coyote Tan Y THR69135634
binding, cordage & webbing
KNIT ELASTIC
Constructed from 62% polyester and 38% rubber. Knit elastics are lighter than woven elastics but still strong enough to be used for waistbands, slipcovers, drapery, tire covers, boat covers or to hold cushions on furniture and for a variety of apparel applications.
Shrinkage: 10% Stretch: 125%
A ELAKN 4249 ¾” Knit Elastic—White
Price Breaks: Roll (136.7yd) | Box (6 Rolls) |
Case (12 Rolls)
B C C ELAKN4241 ELAKN4243 ELAKN4246
1” Knit Elastic—White
1” Knit Elastic—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (54yd) Box (6 Rolls) |
Case (12 Rolls)
1½” Knit Elastic—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (54yd) Box (30 Rolls) | Case (60 Rolls)
BINDING: POLYESTER TWILL
Polyester twill tape is used for binding and edging. E F-
BINTW9845
BINTW9840
BINTW9841
BINTW9842
¾” Polyester Twill Tape—White
¾” Polyester Twill Tape—Black
1” Polyester Twill Tape—White
1” Polyester Twill Tape—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (109yd) | Case (10)
WOVEN ELASTIC
Stronger elastic for heavy-duty applications such as suspenders, sports equipment, equestrian applications (horse boots), bag straps for packs, wrist bands, orthotics (splints and supports) and more. Use wherever a strong memory elastic is required. Constructed from 84% polyester and 16% rubber.
Shrinkage: 3% Stretch: 80%
ELAWO4253
ELAWO4254
ELAWO4256
ELAWO4258
1” Woven Elastic—White
1” Woven Elastic—Black
1½” Woven Elastic—Black
2” Woven Elastic—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (54 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
SEAT BELT WEBBING
2”-width seat belt webbing material meets MVSS302 automotive fire code. Extremely strong, with a fine weave and soft hand. It is easy to sew and flexible.
Break Strength: 4,000lb (1,814kg)
A WEBSE9875 Seat Belt Webbing—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (100yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
FURNITURE WEBBING
Over 90% of all furniture sold in Europe uses a webbing suspension system. Webbing is more economical than springs, easy to install (can be applied to wooden frames with standard staples), comfortable and gives a greater freedom of frame design than with traditional sinuous springs. #5 is firmer webbing than #3; however, both can be used on seating. #1 Soft is recommended for backs. Approximately 15% stretch is recommended as a cutting length guide.
B C
D
E
WEBFU9712
WEBFU9710
WEBFU9714
WEBFU9715
2” Furniture Webbing—#1 Soft
2” Furniture Webbing—#3 Medium
2¾” Furniture Webbing—#3 Medium
2” Furniture Webbing—#5 Firm
Price Breaks: Roll (54yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
PROPEX WEBBING
100% polyolefin webbing. A tightly woven webbing in a 3½” width that resists rot and mildew. All synthetic fibers are strong and sanitary. Roll sizes vary from 100 m–140 m.
F WEBPR9699 3½” Propex Webbing
Price Breaks: Roll (~229m) | Case (500)
TRUCK TARP REINFORCEMENTS
JUTE WEBBING
Traditional upholstery jute webbing weighs 9 lb (4 kg). Used for decades as the base for coil spring units, seat strapping, etc.
G WEBJU9709 3¼” Jute Webbing
Price Breaks: Roll (72yd) | Box (12 Rolls) | Case (24 Rolls)
Seat belt seconds are webbing products that have been rejected for seatbelt use as they do not meet the stringent automotive safety requirements. However, their high load strength make them ideal for truck tarp reinforcements.
Roll Size: ~220 yd | Break Strength: 4000 lb
H WEBSE9872 Seat Belt Seconds—Black or Grey (dependent on availability)
Price Break: Full Rolls Only
CORDAGE: TWINE
LUDLOW POLYESTER TWINE
100% polyester twine for tying springs. Tuff twine is twice as strong and will not rot like hemp. With reliable, known retention, tuff twine holds springs fi rmer.
Weight: 5 lb. (2.3 kg)/Spool
I CORTW8122 #6 Ludlow Polyester Twine—White
Price Break: Each | Box (10 ea) | Case (12 ea)
HOOK & LOOP
JEF HOOK & LOOP: SEW-ON
This nylon fastener is a two-part system— one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart.
This is a widely popular product for garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof elements are adjustable and increase strength with pressure.
Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (10 Rolls) | Case (40 Rolls)
JEF HOOK & LOOP: PRESSURE-SENSITIVE
The JEF-brand of Pressure Sensitive hook and loop tape is an economical alternative to competitor brands. They are recommended for lighter duty applications and should not be used for all-weather outdoor applications such as attaching tonneau covers, etc.
Price Breaks: 1” : Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (40 rolls)
2” : Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (40 rolls)
VELCRO ® SEW-ON
Black Hook
Black Loop
White Hook
White Loop
Black Hook
Black Loop
White Hook
White Loop
Beige Hook
Beige Loop
VELSE9002
VELSE9003
VELSE9012
VELSE 9013
VELPS9080
VELPS9081
VELPS9090
VELPS9091
VELPS9070
VELPS9071
VELSE 9004
VELSE 9005
VELSE9014
VELSE 9015
VELPS9082
VELPS9083
VELPS9092
VELPS9093-
Velcro ® Hook and Loop fastening system retains 50% fastening strength in water, then returns back to 100% when dried.
Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof fasteners are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure-sensitive adhesive back forms. All Velcro ® Hook and Loop can be sterilized or autoclaved.
Max Ironing Temperature: 163°C (325°F)
Melting Temperature: 204°C (399°F)
1”: Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (20 rolls)
1.5” and 2”: Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
¾” and 4”: Price Breaks: Roll (25 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (20 rolls)
H Black Hook Black Loop White Hook White Loop
VELSE 9129
VELSE 9130
VELSE 9131
VELSE 9132
VELSE 9058
VELSE 9059
VELSE 9052
VELSE 9053
VELCRO ® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE
VELSE 9060
VELSE 9061
VELSE 9054
VELSE 9055
Velcro ® Brand Tempo pressure-sensitive hook and loop fastener has a superior grade of adhesive backing that is suitable for most applications—indoor and out. This product has superior bond strength to high energy surfaces. The pressure-sensitive adhesives have a high temperature resistance and a high resistance to plasticizer migration. Designed for use in applications requiring fast turnaround under production conditions such as in packaging, medical, toys and other markets.
Price Breaks: Roll (25 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
VELCRO ® POLYESTER
VELSE 9062
VELSE 9063
VELSE 9056
VELSE 9057
Black Hook
Black Loop
White Hook
White Loop
VELSE 9133
VELSE 9134
VELSE 9135
VELSE 9136
VELPS9121
VELPS9122
VELPS9123
VELPS9124
VELPS9108
VELPS9109
VELPS9113
VELPS9114
Velcro® Brand polyester hook and loop fastener made for use outdoors. Ideal for use with boat covers and even outerwear. Available in black and white.
Price Breaks: Roll (25 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (20 rolls)
I J K L
Black Hook
White Hook
Black Loop
White Loop
VELPO13045
VELPO13043
VELPO13044
VELPO13042
VELPO13202
VELPO13200
VELPO13203
VELPO13201
VELPS9125
VELPS9126
VELPS9127
VELPS9128
VELPS9110
VELPS9111
J WELT
WELT
100% PVC welting cord with slit fl anges for easy tailoring of corners. ⅛” diameter welting designed specifi cally for the sport bag and accessory industry.
WELT—PREMIER
A TRIWE9719 Premier Welt—Black
Price Breaks: Roll (250 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
WELT—EMBOSSED
B C D E F
TRIWE9834
TRIWE9836
TRIWE9838
TRIWE9849
TRIWE9897 Navy White Bright Red Black Buckskin
Price Breaks: Roll (100 yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
Used to repair truck and tractor seats. The welt is sewn to the bottom of the cover, then snapped over the lower edge of the seat pan frame. Can be used anywhere there is a lip for the welt to hook over. Soft pliable plastic can be sewn by industrial machines.
Softer, single fi lament plastic welting cord in various diameters. They do not support mold or mildew and are more suited for many automotive, marine and outdoor applications.
H H H
TRIWE9825
TRIWE9830
TRIWE9827
⅛” Poly Welt—1000 yd
5/32” Poly Welt—500 yd
3/16” Poly Welt—500 yd
Price Breaks: Roll | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
FIBERFLEX WELT
Cellulose welting cord in various sizes. ⁵/₃₂” is standard in furniture manufacturing. The smaller size is very common in automotive and RV applications. This welt features a wrapping of strong, tight thread that makes it very stable and consistent over time.
I TRIWE9750 5/32” Fiber Flex Welt—500 yd
Price Breaks: Roll | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
POLY-FLEX
High crown protective edging of Styrofoam material. Inert styrofoam will not support mildew or any organic contaminants, gives a soft pliable edge and is easy to cut and work with. Poly-flex was custom designed to meet the needs of the furniture industry.
A B TRIED4279 TRIED4289
#10 Poly-Flex—¾” Rise
Price Breaks: Roll (500’) |Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
#12 Poly-Flex—1¼” Rise
Price Breaks: Roll (200’) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
CHAIR EDGE MOLDING
A multi-purpose molding for edging office chairs or anywhere a neat, clean edge molding is needed. This smooth and flexible material can be stapled, tacked or screwed into place. It will cover the mounting and retain a black cover by tucking in the free edges.
C TRIOF6340 Office Chair Edge Molding
Price Breaks: Roll (150’) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
SPUNBONDED EDGEROLL
An edge roll padding with an attaching flange, used for padding corners, arms, etc. Firm material avoids packing down. Can be attached by stapling, tacks or tacking strips.
DTRIED4200 TRIED4205
¾” Spunbonded Edgeroll
1¼” Spunbonded Edgeroll
Price Breaks: Roll (50’) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
PERFLEX CLIP EDGEROLL
Perflex features an all synthetic filler and tough spunbonded cover. It has built-in positioning stakes spaced at 1½” intervals, or can be sewn, stapled or tacked on for hard edge designs.
E TRIED4208 1¼” Clip-on-Edge
Price Breaks: Roll (50’) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
cleaners, protectants, & adhesives
FOAM TO: Aerosol Spray Part #
Fabric
74 Spray ADHAE1021
76 Spray ADHAE1031
80 Supertrim ADHAE1041
470 Feather-Spray ADHAE1011
JEF Bond 88 ADHAE1118
JEF Bond 99 ADHAE1119
Foam: 74 Spray ADHAE1021
76 Spray ADHAE1031
476 Spray ADHAE1132
JEF Bond 88 ADHAE1118
Surfaces (wood, metal, plastic)
74 Spray ADHAE1021
76 Spray ADHAE1031
470 Feather-Spray ADHAE1011
476 Spray ADHAE1132
JEF Bond 88 ADHAE1118
JEF Bond 99 ADHAE1119
TIPS ON ALL ADHESIVES
Many two surface adhesives like contact cement allow a tack time but once the pieces are touched together, there is no chance of shifting or adjusting them. For larger areas, once the contact cement has been applied, place wax paper in overlapping sheets over the entire surface. Then position the piece to be bonded.
It can be moved around a bit on the wax paper sheets. When properly aligned remove one sheet of the wax paper at a time. Whenever possible work from the center out. When all the wax paper has been removed, apply
FABRIC & UPHOLSTERY VINYL TO:
Aerosol Spray Part #
Fabric 76 Spray ADHAE1031
470 Feather-Spray ADHAE1011
476 Spray ADHAE1132
JEF Bond 99 ADHAE1119
Surfaces (wood, metal, plastic)
76 Spray ADHAE1031
470 Feather-Spray ADHAE1011
476 Spray ADHAE1132
JEF Bond 99 ADHAE1119
80 Supertrim ADHAE1041
INDUSTRIAL PVC TO: Aerosol Spray Part #
PVC 80 Supertrim ADHAE1041
Surfaces (wood, metal, plastic)
80 Supertrim ADHAE1041
Aerosol Spray Part #
Carpet to Surfaces: 80 Supertrim ADHAE1041
JEF Bond 99 ADHAE1119
Rubber, Leather and Self to Surfaces 80 Supertrim ADHAE1041
whatever bonding pressure is recommended with the particular adhesive.
Hot melt adhesives can cool prior to bonding large surfaces. If possible, pre-heat the surface itself using a hot air heat gun. This will provide a longer working time for successful adhesion.
NOTE: Use proper judgment when using this method. Preheating may damage material being used. Never use a hot air heat gun to speed drying time of adhesive product: many adhesives are flammable.
74 FOAM AND FABRIC ADHESIVE
Permanently bonds foam and a wide range of fabrics to wood, rigid plastic or themselves. Ideal for foam backed fabrics such as display fabrics or headliners. Easily controlled spray pattern. Works very well on both urethane and latex foams and delivers a soft glue line. High solids, high coverage rates. Dries tack free and odor free.
A ADHAE1021 74 Foam Fabric Adhesive
Can Size: 17.25 oz. (489 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (12 ea)
76 SPRAY ADHESIVE
Non-misting adhesive. Features a unique lace-like spray pattern to allow you to vary spray width and rate, giving you the control to spray to the edge without going over. All purpose adhesive for upholstering and trimming/fitting. Not recommended for Styrofoam.
B ADHAE1031 76 Spray Adhesive
Can Size: 16.2 oz. (460 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (12 ea)
80 SUPERTRIM ADHESIVE
High strength neoprene contact adhesive. Has a heat resistance, up to 93°C (200°F). Ideal for heavy weight headliners, hood silencer pads and vinyl tops. Bonds well to most rubber compounds and vinyls. Not recommended for polyethylene or polypropylene. Contains no ozone depleting ingredients.
C ADHAE1041 80 Supertrim Adhesive
Can Size: 18 oz. (510 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (12 ea)
470 FEATHER-SPRAY
Provides a strong tack and builds strength quickly. It is an all purpose feather spray adhesive, excellent for bonding to multiple surfaces. An effi cient and economical solution for your bonding needs.
D ADHAE1011 470 Feather-Spray
Can Size: 13.12 oz. (375 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (12 ea)
476 SPRAY ADHESIVE
Quick tacking and fast curing to ensure a strong and permanent bond. The unique product formulation and adjustable 3-way valve work together to provide optimum spray control for any application. Engineered to minimize wasteful soak-in. Adjustable nozzle eliminates overspray and gives smooth, even coverage. This new formula eliminates all ozone depleting substances and chlorinated solvents. It is safer to use and better for the environment.
E ADHAE1132 476 Spray Adhesive
Can Size: 13.12 oz. (375 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (12 ea)
JEF BOND 88
Effective and economical alternative to higher priced products. Designed to bond urethane foams and fabrics to metals, supported vinyls, wood, paper and leather. It has a unique lace spay pattern offering low soak in for a soft pliable bond. It has a fan spray tip for controlled placement of the glue. This product offers a fast tack while being economical for the user. For best results, surfaces must be clean and dry and temperatures above 18°C (65°F).
F ADHAE1118 JEF Bond Spray Adhesive
Can Size: 12 oz. (340 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (12 ea) | Case (60 ea)
JEF BOND 99
Designed to work on urethane foam, fabrics and other porous surfaces. It is an excellent adhesive for attaching headliner fabrics to molded headliner substrates. Highly recommended for bonding high pressure plastic laminates to most substrates. Its unique lace spray pattern offers low soak in for a better, soft, pliable bond. It has a fan spray tip for controlled placement of the glue. Also, fast tacking and offers higher temperature resistance than most pressure sensitive adhesives. Not recommended for non-backed vinyl fabric. Do not use on plasticized vinyl or copper.
G ADHAE1119 JEF Bond 99 Trim Adhesive
Can Size: 12 oz. (340 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (12 ea) | Case (60 ea)
TIPS
76 SPRAY ADHESIVE: Allow up to 10 minutes join time with single surface applications, and up to 60 minutes when applied to both surfaces.
80 Su pertrim Adhesive: Faster drying than traditional contact cements, with a tack range up to 30 minutes.
ADHESIVES: BULK
FOAM TO: Aerosol Spray Part #
Fabric 478
ADHBU1123
Helmiprene ADHBU1140
JEF Bond 2000 ADHBU1145
Foam: 478
ADHBU1123
Helmiprene ADHBU1140
JEF Bond 2000 ADHBU1145
Surfaces (wood, metal, plastic) 478
ADHBU1123
Helmiprene ADHBU1140
JEF Bond 2000 ADHBU1145
TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS ACT
FABRIC & UPHOLSTERY
VINYL TO:
Bulk - Liquid Part #
Fabric 504 Latex ADHBU1110
Surfaces (wood, metal, plastic)
504 Latex ADHBU1110
Bulk - Liquid Part #
Gimps to Wood or Fabric 504 Latex ADHBU1110 Glue Sticks ADHM1153
Some of the bulk adhesives fall under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act. While this does not prohibit the shipping of these items, there are charges incurred by various carriers in order to cover the expense of the administrative and special handling requirements of the act. These items will have a Dangerous Goods Handling Fee attached to them. This fee will vary from carrier to carrier; the Customer Service Center can inform you at the time you place your order of the amount of surcharge, if it is applicable.
LATEX ADHESIVE*
A primary application of cementing fabrics to almost any other material, wood or metal. Firmly retains decorative scroll gimps in complex patterns and shapes. The squeeze tube container design allows careful placement of adhesive only where required. Water resistant.
A ADHBU1110
504 Latex Adhesive
Bottle Size: 17 oz. (500 ml)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (12 ea)
* Available in 1 gallon (4.5 L) jug on special order.
478 FOAM ADHESIVE
Fast tacking, non-flammable adhesive for polyurethane or latex foam. Specifically designed for use with low pressure spray equipment. Gives soft, non-dimpling bonds and is suitable for boxing, taping, slicing and laminating foams to themselves, wood, metal and cloth. Excellent green strength (initial bond strength), high solids and long open time. Gives a strong permanent bond and sprays without dripping, giving higher yields with a light application.
HELMITIN SOLVENT/CLEANER
C699 Solvent/Cleaner is a dichloromethane-based solvent that can be used to thin out 478 foam adhesive and Helmiprene products, as well as to clean equipment used with these and similarly based adhesives.
D ADHBU1141 C699 Solvent/Cleaner—1 Gal. (3.78 L)
Price Break: Each | Box (4 ea) | Case (12 ea)
VINYL ADHESIVES
Specialist in PVC tarpaulin materials. This product features exceptional bond strength. Brushes smooth and dries fast. Ready in minutes.
Waterproof, good resistance to weather and temperature extremes, chemicals, oils, fuels and grease. Can be used for fabricating, repairing, sealing stitches/seams, etc. Remains fl exible. A superior quality vinyl adhesive that really works. See p.124 for applications chart.
E ADHBU1181 HH-66 Thinner—1 gal. (3.8 L)
B C ADHBU1123
478 Foam Adhesive—1.1 Gal. (4 L)
Price Break: Each | Box (4 ea) | Case (12 ea)
ADHBU1124
478 Foam Adhesive—5.3 Gal. (20 L)
Price Break: Pail | Box (4 pail) | Case (12 pail)
Price Breaks: Pail | Case (6 pails)
IMPORTANT NOTE FOR FOAM ADHESIVE
Use in well ventilated areas. Contains methylene chloride which degrades aluminum equipment. Use stainless steel components (see Spray Gun #TOOMI1158). Contains 1,1,1-Trichloroethane. Six-month shelf life. Recommended solvent is Helmitin Solvent Cleaner C699 (#ADHBU1141).
SURFACE PREPARATION FOR #ADHBU1140
Use only clean, dry surfaces. Surfaces contaminated with oil, grease or release agents should be cleaned with Helmitin Solvent Cleaner 699 (#ADHBU1141).
HELMIPRENE 1535 PINK ADHESIVE
Helmiprene 1535 is used in the foam fabricating and conversion industries for bonding foam to itself and to many other materials including polyester fiberfill, wood, plywood, particleboard and many plastic and metal surfaces. The adhesive exhibits aggressive tack, high green strength and rapid development of bonds stronger than substrate foam materials. Helmiprene 1535 dries to a soft, flexible, nonstaining and non-dimpling film.
A ADHBU1140
Helmiprene 1535—5 Gal. (18.9L)
Price Break: Pail | 5 pails | 10 pails
A
PRODUCT KNOWLEDGE ON 3M™ FASTBOND™ FOAM ADHESIVE 100
Fast tacking to help speed component assembly. Holds seams and curves within 15 seconds. 20 minute open time for repositioning after initial tack and to meet various assembly process requirements. Spray multiple components at one time for efficient assembly.
Better value due to exceptionally high coverage. Long lasting 3M™ Fastbond™ gives yields up to 1000 ft 2 /gallon. One gallon (3.8 L) provides the same coverages as 3–4
gallons (11.4–15.1 L) of solvent adhesive. Only 10 psi of pressure is needed for spraying, allowing for a thinner coat of adhesive.
NOTE: This product is not freeze-thaw stable. Winter shipping presents a freezing hazard. Best storage temperature is between 15–27°C (60–80°F). Only stainless steel equipment is recommended, anything else will be prone to rusting.
JEF BOND 2000 FOAM ADHESIVE
JEF Bond 2000 is our in-house brand. It is suitable for laminating most substrates including closed and open cell urethane foams, fabrics, metal, wood and plastics. Single sided application is sufficient in many cases; however, as with most adhesives a uniform coat applied to both surfaces will yield the strongest bonds. This product has a shelf life of one year. Do not mix with other adhesives.
B C ADHBU1145
JEF Bond 2000 Foam Adhesive—1.1 Gal. (4 L)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (4 ea) | Case (12 ea)
ADHBU1146
JEF Bond 2000 Foam Adhesive— 5 Gal. (18.9 L)
Price Break: Pail | 5 pails | 10 pails
B C
AEROSOL FINISHES: MOHAWK
SPRAY STAINS
Specially formulated for a professional finish. Unfinished and finished wooden arms, legs, scuffed and rubbed through areas can be finished or refinished with ease. This product is economical, easily applied and dries quickly.
Size: 13 oz. (365 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Case (12)
FINISHING SPRAY
For sealing and finishing wood stains.
Can Size: 13 oz. (365 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Case (12)
SAND SEALER
AERST7194 Satin Black AERST 7221 Red Mahogany
AERST 7183 Medium Mahogany
AERST7193 Burnt Umber
AERST7179 Extra Dark Walnut AERST 7180 Dark Mahogany
AERST 7178 Dark American Walnut
AERST 7188 Cherry
AERST 7185 Brown Mahogany
AERST 7189 Flat Black
AERST 7195 Gloss White
AERST 7181 Med. Brown Walnut
AERST 7197 Raw Umber
AERST 7191 Gloss Black
AERST7161 Clear Satin AERST7184 Clear Flat
AERST 7160 Clear Gloss
Fills in and levels surface scratches, burn-in repairs and smooths fresh-padded repairs. Fast drying, easy sanding, high solids for rapid build up. Seals in stains prior to final top coat of finish for faster build up.
AERST7162 Sanding Sealer
Can Size: 13 oz. (365 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Case (12)
VINYL COAT
SEM COLOR COAT
BLUSH ERASER
Humid or cold weather can cause a finish to turn white or “blush.” This aerosol spray will eliminate the “blushing” without changing the existing sheen of the lacquer top coat. Spray over the blushing finish and watch the white fade away.
AERST7174 Blush Eraser
Can Size: 13 oz. (365 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Case (12)
SEM Color Coat is a solvent-based, elastomeric product formulated for aerosol application to renew or change the color of any vinyl, since it is a coating, not a dye. Meant to be used with SEM’s Sand Free plastic preparation product (#AERCL9648, p.200). Finish with SEM’s Vinyl Clear Coat Finishes for long-lasting durability.
A AERVI 9658 25 Titan Metallic
B AERVI 9636 Silver Metallic
C AERVI 9597 Gloss Black
D AERVI 9689 45 Gloss White
E AERVI 9599 Satin Black
F AERVI 9673 60 Sailcloth White
G AERVI 9600 01 Landau Black
H AERVI 9663 31 White
I AERVI 9640 16 Presidio
J AERVI 9614 17 Camel
K AERVI 9668 30 Graphite
L AERVI 9680 12 Santa Fe
M AERVI 9604 06 Burgundy
N AERVI 9611 11 Firethorn Red
O AERVI 9622 00 Phantom White
P AERVI 9662 27 Napa Red
Q AERVI 9616 18 Warm Grey
R AERVI 9606 09 Light Buckskin
S AERVI 9682 39 Medium Gray
T AERVI 9678 64 Pacific Blue
U AERVI 9601 36 Portola Red
V AERVI 9610 10 Super White
Price Breaks: Each (12 oz. or 340 g) | Box (6 ea)
SEM VINYL FINISHES
- AERVI 9654 Low Luster Clear
- AERVI 9656 High Gloss Clear
- AERVI 9679 01 Satin Gloss Clear
Price Breaks: Each (12 oz. or 340 g) | Box (6 ea)
SEM PRE-COLOR TREATMENTS
A AERCL9646 SEM Vinyl Prep—15.5 oz. (439 g)
Ensures full adhesion of the SEM Color Coat line. Cleans the vinyl surface of all traces of wax and grease. Also creates a slight softening of the vinyl film to ensure that the Color Coat gets a good “tooth.” Rinse with water and allow to dry.
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea)
B AERCL9648 SEM Sand Free—13 oz. (369 g)
Sand Free is a blend of rich solvents that promote adhesion on plastic parts. It also eliminates sanding on hard-to-reach areas (e.g. door jams, under hoods, trunk, etc.). For best results, wash area first with soap and water. Then apply Sand Free directly to the surface to be painted.
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea)
TIPS FOR USING SEM SAND FREE
Apply a light “dry” coat of Sand Free before painting. Avoid heavy applications as they will cause runs or sags. Do not allow Sand Free to dry completely before application of color coats. If Sand Free has completely evaporated, the pores of the substrate will be closed, which will result in a loss of adhesion.
Follow the Sand Free layer with a coat of Color Coat or paint while Sand Free is still wet. After the first color or paint coat is dry, continue with normal painting procedures.
LUBRICANTS
LUBRICANTS & SILICONES - JEF
An economical, all-purpose lubricant that stops squeaking, sticking, binding and slows corrosion. Use on any surface, such as metal, glass, rubber, plastic, painted finishes and fabrics. Non-staining and non-toxic. Can be used on food product equipment, sewing and cutting equipment to reduce drag. Helps fight rust on dies, rubber molds and precision equipment. Can be used to ease cover placement on foam cushions.
SILICONES—SLUYTER SUPER SLIP
A widely-used lubricant for sewing, cushion stuffing and cutting tables. Use on foams and paddings, inside covers for ease of placing cushions, on needles, feed plates and table surfaces. Use on blades, tables and dies for cutting. Invisible product leaves no trace on fabrics.
Also invaluable as a general lubricant for joints, hinges, sliders, blades, etc. Can be used to waterproof electronics and ignition systems on automobiles. Anywhere friction is causing problems, silicone can be used to reduce it.
C AERSI7175 JEF Spray Silicone—14 oz. (400 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (24 ea) | Case (60 ea)
SILICONE—SLUYTER GRIP SLIP
A multipurpose lubricant and foam release that will not interfere with post-finishing operations. Maintain adequate ventilation in work area. Store in a cool dry place away from excess heat.
D AERSI7182 Grip Slip Paintable Silicone—14 oz. (400 g)
Endurepel ® is Ennis Fabrics’ exclusive range of performance finishes, that are applied to woven fabrics and PU textiles, with applications across a wide range of markets.
The protective film forms an invisible, stain-resistant coating around the textile fibers or on top of the PU skin. Endurepel makes furniture easier to clean and features anti-microbial and anti-bacterial properties.
Shop our extensive range of Endurepel ® finished products; Endurepel ® Fundamentals, Stability II, Stability III, Premier, and all other future collections at ennisfabrics.com.
FABRIGARD™—SLUYTER
Water and stain repellent, specifi cally developed for protecting fabric fi bers from stains, water, smoke, dirt and clinging odors. Used on all types of carpets, upholstery and linens.
AERPR7167
AERPR7170
AERPR7176
FabriGuard™—11 oz. (300 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (12 ea)
FabriGuard™—1 Gal (4 L)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (4 ea) | Case (12 ea)
FabriGuard™—5.3 Gal (20 L)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (5 ea) | Case (10 ea)
303 ® FABRIC GUARD
Professional grade water repellency technology. Manufacturerapproved and tested. Resists soiling and helps to impede mildew formation. Protects all indoor and outdoor fabrics, carpet and upholstery. Can be used on all natural/synthetic fi ber, solution-dyed acrylic, carpeting, upholstery, patio furniture and auto interiors.
AERPR7157
AERPR7158
303® Fabric Guard™—16 oz. (473 ml)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea)
303® Fabric Guard™—1 Gal. (3.79 L)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (4 ea) | Case (12 ea)
World’s most powerful and longest lasting fabric protector in a ready-to-use formula. Lasts up to 3 years. Protects new and cleaned fabric from water, dirt and grease to keep indoor and outdoor fabrics looking new. Sunbrella ® recommends this fl uorocarbon treatment for reproofi ng over silicone base products.
SCOTCHGARD™
Scotchguard™ is a world famous protectant from 3M. It is the easy-touse odor free protectant that causes spills and liquids to blot up before they can turn into stains. 100% free of CFC’s and ozone depleting chemicals, will not change the look, feel or breatheability of fabric. Versatile, invisible protection for new or freshly cleaned upholstery.
F AERPR7177 Scotchgard™—10 oz. (283 g)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea)
303 ® MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER
Ultimate cleaning power with no residue. Safely brightens and rejuvenates surfaces. Removes oils, grease, ink, liquids and much more! Safe for all water-safe materials.
G CLEAC7202
303® Multi-Surface Cleaner—32 oz. (950 ml)
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
Will not change feel, color or breathability. Non-toxic and odorless when dry. One bottle will protect up to 40ft 2 of lightweight fabric. Not recommended for plastic, vinyl, fi berglass or imitation suede. See p.216 for instructions.
FABRIGUARD KNOWLEDGE & TIPS
FabriGuard can be used on rain wear, clothing, canvas, shoes, cushions, tablecloths, upholstered furniture, automobile seat and trim, carpeting, suede, velvet and leather. It penetrates the material, surrounds the fibres, protecting it from stains and clinging odors. Spray overlapping sweeps 6–8” from fabric, let dry overnight. Test for water beading with a few drops. If water soaks in, reapply FabriGard. Coverage depends on the weight and absorbency of material being treated.
SCOTCHGARD™ TIPS
This special formula for furniture fabrics covers 16–28 ft2 of heavy weight fabrics and 30–40 ft2 of light weight fabrics per can. Some shiny surface fabrics, such as nylon may require lighter applications. Use on natural and synthetic fibres. Not recommended for silk, wool, velvet, leather, vinyl, suede or carpets.
CRYPTON ® CARE: CLEANERS & PROTECTANTS
FABRIC REFRESHER
The Fabric Freshener is a professional strength, ready-to-use product that removes odors on fabrics. It is a neutral quaternary disinfectant on non-porous surfaces and is engineered to safely clean and leave upholstery and any room smelling fresh and clean.
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
A CLEFA 7069
Crypton® Care Deodorizing Mildew
Resistant Fabric Refresher—32 oz. (946 ml)
CRYPTON ® CARE STAIN REMOVERS
A professional strength, ready-to-use spot cleaner that is built to remove tough stains like blood, grass, food and beverage stains. Apply this Crypton ® Care upholstery cleaner to the spot and lightly agitate. Blot up the solution with a clean, dry towel. Finally, rinse free with water.
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
B C CLEFA 7070
CLEFA 7073 Crypton® Care Ink/Grease/Oil Stain Remover—24 oz. (710 ml)
Crypton® Care Food/Beverage/Protein
Stain Remover—24 oz. (710 ml)
LEATHER & VINYL—PROTECTOR & RESTORER
These products are specially formulated to safely clean treated leather and vinyl with natural degreasers. After cleaning, restorer is designed to replenish natural oils. Wipe on the restorer with a clean, dry cloth to instantly provide beauty and luster. Protector and Restorer sold together.
Price Breaks: Each | Box (6 ea) | Case (12 ea)
D CLEFA 7082
Crypton® Care Leather & Vinyl Cleaner and Restorer—32 oz. (946 ml)
GENERAL CARE & CLEANING CODES
MSWD Mild soap and water. Dry immediately with a soft, dry cloth
S Clean fabrics with Pure Solvents (Petroleum Distillate-Based Products)
W Clean fabrics with water-based cleaning agents or water based foam
WC Wash With Care
WS Clean fabrics with water-based cleaning agents only do not use solvent cleaners
X Clean fabrics with vacuum or brushing only
CRYPTON PRODUCTS: FABRICATION, CARE & CLEANING
While the performance features of Crypton Fabric make it easy to clean, it is not self-cleaning. Use the simple instructions below to clean.
Spot cleaning
1. Blot any excess liquid; wipe away excess mess with a dry, clean towel.
2. Mix together a simple soap and water solution. We recommend mixing 1/4 teaspoon enzyme laundry or dish detergent, like Tide ®, Cheer ® or Dawn ®, with 1 cup warm water.
3. Apply the solution and agitate with a soft bristle brush. Make sure to brush lightly and work from the outside of the stain inward so as not to spread the stain. Rinse your sponge or brush frequently.
4. Blot with a clean towel and rinse. Repeat if necessary.
5. And remember, soap attracts dirt so make sure to rinse thoroughly.
6. Allow fabric to air dry.
Crypton Cleaners, for stubborn stains
Using our 25 years of expertise in the science of stain, moisture and odor resistance, Crypton has created a line of strong, environmentally conscious, effective cleaners and care products for upholstery. While most stains will clean with a simple soap-and-water solution, you may prefer to use Crypton’s ready-to-use cleaners which are water-based and designed to easily break down tough stains.
Visit www.crypton.com to purchase Crypton Cleaners.
Extraction cleaning, for medium, ground-in stains and overall yearly maintenance
For overall cleaning, we recommend periodically extracting upholstered surfaces using hot water extraction. Please note that no fabric is indestructible. Stains such as permanent marker, lipstick, nail polish, etc. may not be completely removable.
SUNBRELLA® PRODUCTS: FABRICATION, CARE & CLEANING
Sunbrella ® is made from 100% Sunbrella ® acrylic fibre which gives it a color brightness that is unsurpassed. Sunbrella fabrics have a 10 year limited warranty for shade and marine fabric and 5 year limited warranty for furniture fabrics, guaranteed for a period of 5 years against loss of color or strength from normal exposure conditions including sunlight, mildew, rot and atmospheric chemicals.
CARE & CLEANING
One of the best ways to keep Sunbrella ® fabrics looking good and to delay deep or vigorous cleaning is to properly maintain the fabrics. This can be accomplished by simply brushing off dirt before it becomes embedded in the fabrics, wiping up spills as soon as they occur or spot cleaning soon after stains occur.
Wh en cleaning Sunbrella ® fabrics, it is important to observe the following:
• Always use a mild soap such as Ivory Snow, Dreft or Woolite.
• Water should be cold to lukewarm.
• Rinse thoroughly to remove all soap residue.
• Air dry only. Never apply heat to Sunbrella ® fabrics.
GENERAL OR LIGHT CLEANING
To clean Sunbrella ® while still on an awning frame, follow these simple steps:
1. Brush off loose dirt.
2. Hose down.
3. Prepare a cleaning solution of water and mild soap such as Ivory Snow, Dreft or Woolite (no detergents).
4. Use a soft bristle brush to clean.
5. Allow cleaning solution to soak into the fabric.
6. Rinse thoroughly until all soap residue is removed.
7. Air dry.
May not require re-treatment depending on the age of the fabric. If stubborn stains persist, you can use a diluted chlorine bleach/soap mixture for spot cleaning of mildew, roof run-off or other similar stains (see our Stain Chart for specific recommendations: http://cdn.glenraven.net/sunbrella/_pdf/en_us/stain-chart.pdf ).
HEAVY CLEANING FOR STUBBORN STAINS AND MILDEW
Sunbrella ® fabric does not promote mildew growth, however, mildew may grow on dirt and other foreign substances that are not removed from the fabric.
To clean mildew, or other stubborn stains:
1. Make a solution of 8 oz. (1 cup) of chlorine bleach, 2 oz. (¼ cup) of mild soap and/or detergent, 1 gallon of water.
2. Clean with soft bristle brush.
3. Allow mixture to soak into fabric for up to 15 minutes.
4. Rinse thoroughly until all soap residue is removed.
5. Air dry.
Repeat if necessary. Re-treatment of fabric for water and stain resistance will be necessary. Remember to protect the area around your Sunbrella ® if using a bleach solution. Carpet or other fabrics that are not Sunbrella ® may have an adverse reaction to the bleach.
WASHING MACHINE
If an awning is suitable in size for a washing machine, these steps should be followed:
1. Use mild soap and/or detergent. For heavier stains add 1 cup of bleach to wash.
2. Wash and rinse in cold water.
3. Air dry. Never apply heat to Sunbrella ® RE-TREATING THE FABRIC
Re-treatment for water and stain resistance will be necessary after machine washing. As part of the finishing process, Sunbrella ® fabrics are treated with a fluorocarbon finish, which enhances water repellency. This finish is designed to last for several years, but must be replenished after a thorough cleaning. Based on test results, Glen Raven recommends 303 Fabric Guard™ as the preferred re-treatment product for Sunbrella ® fabrics. Fabrics should be re-treated after thorough cleaning or after five years of use.
APPLYING 303 ® FABRIC GUARD
303 ® should be applied to Sunbrella ® fabrics after each thorough cleaning, which typically re moves the original finish and reduces the fabric’s water repellency.
1. Clean Sunbrella ® fabric, using one of the cleaning methods.
2. Allow Sunbrella ® to completely air dry.
3. Apply a thin, even coat of 303 ® in a well ventilated area and allow fabric to dry completely.
4. Apply a second thin, even coating of 303 ® . (Two light coatings are more effective in restoring fabric water resistance than a single heavy coating. A 15oz. bottle provides coverage of up to 50 ft2 of fabric.)
PROFESSIONAL AWNING CLEANERS
You may have access to professional awning cleaning firms. In evaluating the services of a professional firm, you should inquire about a firm’s experience in working with Sunbrella ® fabrics and knowledge of cleaning and re-treatment requirements.
HELPFUL HINTS DO NOT dry clean Sunbrella ® fabrics.
Protect the area around the Sunbrella ® fabric when using a bleach solution—bleach may discolor non-Sunbrella fabrics. Always rinse Sunbrella ® thoroughly to completely remove bleach.
Sunbrella ® air dries very quickly. Machine drying is not necessary.
If fabric has some wrinkling, use an iron, if necessary, but only on the synthetic setting. As some irons exceed the recommended temperature on the synthetic setting, test a small inconspicuous area before ironing entire piece.
DO NOT use a steamer or iron set to steam setting.
Use of bleach and/or advanced age of the fabric application may impact the deterioration of the sewing thread and other non-Sunbrella components.
CUTTING Do not tear fabric. Cut with scissors or a knife. If a fused edge is desired, hot wire or hot blade cutting instruments may be used. Proper ventilation should be used when cutting with a hot blade instrument. Under ordinary conditions, Sunbrella ® will not shrink. (It is recommended that an awning/canopy be undercut approximately 0.5–1.0% both in length and width of the awning)
HEAT SEALING Sunbrella ® can be heat sealed, A radio-frequency heat sealing machine equipped with a thermo-heated bar is recommended for best results. A layer of Teflon should be attached to the bar to prevent scorching of the fabric. Due to variations in equipment and physical properties of Sunbrella ® (color) it may be necessary to experiment with specific temperature settings and dwell times. It is recommended that the manufacturer of the heat sealing equipment used be consulted in order to determine the best procedure to follow with a particular machine.
SEWING
• A double needle machine equipped with a puller is recommended. Needle gauge should be wide, if possible ¾”. Use of chain stitch is preferable in seaming the widths of cloth.
• A lock stitch with a walking foot is recommended for hemming.
• For both seaming and hemming the top thread should be polyester size F(16) or FF(12). Light to medium tension is recommended on both top and bottom thread.
• Use size F(16) thread for the looper thread on chain stitch machines.
• Lock stitch machines should use the same size bobbin thread as on top.
• Use size 22 needle with size FF thread on lock stitch machines.
• For chain stitch machines, when using size FF thread, the needle size should be 060. For thread size F, the needle size should be 054. Note: It is always advisable to use the smallest size needle with which the machine will stitch properly. For best results, needles should be inspected and changed frequently.
• Use of acrylic braid fringe is recommended. Centerfold or flat woven can also be used.
• To minimize puckering when seaming, tension should be maintained both in front of and behind the needle.
• If needle hole leakage is a problem, an acrylic seam sealer is recommended.
INSTALLATION OF FABRICATION TIPS
• It is recommended no rope pull-ups be used, but if necessary the pulleys should be offset two of three inches so the ropes wipe the fabric rather than concentrate their wear in one line.
• Installations should be made in such a manner as to avoid flapping or rubbing the fabric against walls, posts, shrubbery, etc.
• There should be no sharp or rough spots in the framework. Reinforcements should be used on parts of the fabric that will come in direct contact with the framework. This will reduce the amount of wear to the fabric and minimize the possibility of leakage.
• Rafters should be no more than 36” (92 cm) apart and lacing bands should be used.
• A double front bard should be used on canopy type installations.
• Avoid flat or nearly flat installations. A minimal pitch of 1’ of drop per 3’ of projection is recommended. If less than optimal pitch exists: increase the number of rafters, install drain grommets (weepers) and use a double front bar to insure maximum tension.
• Installations that have underliners should have drain grommets.
• Use large enough pipe in framework to ensure a stable installation.
• In marine applications, the same general rules apply. A reinforcement should be used in areas where abrasion is likely to occur. Do not piece covers on top of installations. This can result in abrasion and deterioration. For boat covers that span large areas, a mooring pole is recommended to maintain adequate tension and drainage.
drapery fabric
We have an extensive line of drapery fabric, which ranges from sheers and silks to elegant florals and contemporary patterns. We are sure to have drapery to satisfy your every need. Looking to control the light and temperature of your space? Well, we have great dimout fabrics and linings that will control the sunlight and keep the heat out.
drapery - 210
Good business is built on trust, reliability and respect. Sunbrella® delivers the best performing marine fabrics, responsive customer support and the industry’s leading warranty. So your customers never question your commitment.
A 3 pass blackout for drapery application. Includes the blackout and the drapery in 1 fabric. It has a soft hand in a linen texture pattern.
Content : 100% Polyester
Cleaning Code: W - Clean fabrics with water-based cleaning agents or water based foam
Fire Retardancy : CAN/ULC-S109, NFPA 701
Opacity : 100% BLACKOUT
Width: 55” (140 cm) | Roll Size: 45yd (41 m)
100% BLACKOUT | ENERGY EFFICIENCY | LUXURIOUS APPEARANCE
VERSATILE APPLICATION | EASY TO MAINTAIN
BLACKOUT & DRAPERY IN ONE FABRIC
ASHER
Asher, a contract drapery fabric with a soft, wool-like appearance. Its gentle touch adds a sense of warmth and coziness to any space, enhancing the overall ambiance and comfort.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:
Content : 100% Polyester
Cleaning Code: W - Clean fabrics with water-based cleaning agents or water based foam
Fire Retardancy : CALTB117-2013, CAN/ULC-S109, MVSS302, NFPA 260 CLASS 1, NFPA 701, UFAC CLASS 1
UV Resistance: AATCC 16.3 - Grade 4
Width: 57” (145 cm) | Roll Size: 60 yd (55 m)
GROUNDWORK
Groundwork is a linen-inspired drapery collection featuring a simple but sophisticated weave. Its rich color and varied color options make this a go-to choice to begin the design process.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:
Content : 100% Polyester
Cleaning Code: W - Clean fabrics with water-based cleaning agents or water based foam
Fire Retardancy : CAN/ULC-S109, MVSS302, NFPA 701
UV Resistance: AATCC16 Class 4
Width: 57” (144 cm) | Roll Size: ~55yd (50 m)
ORIGIN
Origin is a stunning contract-rated drapery fabric that replicates the natural appearance of linen, bringing a touch of nature to any space with its organic stria. Its beautiful texture and design make it an excellent choice for enhancing the ambiance of various interior settings.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:
Content : 100% Polyester
Fire Retardancy : CAN/ULC-S109, NFPA 701
UV Resistance: AATCC 16 - Grade 3.5
Width: 57” (145 cm) | Roll Size: 55yd (50 m)
STARLING
Starling is a beautiful, contract rated drapery fabric with a slight shimmering thread. This two-tone drapery brings a hint of elegance to any contract or residential space.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:
Content : 100% Polyester
Cleaning Code: W - Clean fabrics with water-based cleaning agents or water based foam
Fire Retardancy : CAN/ULC-S109, MVSS302, NFPA 701
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 60yd (55 m)
Wren is a stunning, contract rated drapery fabric. It has an organic feel that can tie into any space.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:
Content : 100% Polyester
Cleaning Code: W - Clean fabrics with water-based cleaning agents or water based foam
Fire Retardancy :
Width:
*
VONN
Vonn is a distressed velvet-look solid. Available in a variety of colors, Vonn is perfect for contract, hospitality, and residential markets.
ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:
Content : 100% Polyester
Abrasion: 30,000 Double Rubs
Cleaning Code: W - Clean fabrics with water-based cleaning agents or water based foam
Fire Retardancy : CALTB117-2013, CAN/ULC-S109, NFPA 260 CLASS 1, NFPA 701, UFAC CLASS 1
UV Resistance: AATCC16 Class 4.5
Width: 57” (144 cm) | Roll Size: ~60 yd (55 m)
Good business is built on trust, reliability and respect. Sunbrella® delivers the best performing upholstery fabrics, responsive customer support and the industry’s leading warranty. So your customers never question your commitment.
drapery workroom supplies
Our line includes over 3,000 supplies for the decorative market. We carry everything from adhesives to zippers, for all your project needs in one location. workroom commodities
workroom commodities
LININGS
CHAMPION
Content : 100% Polyester
Colors: Ivory
Fire Retardancy*: CAN/ULC-S109, NFPA 701
Width: 54” (137 cm) | Roll Size: 110 yards (101 m)
hook & loop
JEF HOOK & LOOP: SEW-ON
This nylon fastener is a two-part system. One part that has rows of hooks and the other part has a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. This is a widely popular product for garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof elements are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure sensitive adhesive back forms.
SEW ON HOOK
VELSE 8986
VELSE 8984
SEW ON LOOP
VELSE 8987
VELSE 8985
VELSE 9002
VELSE 9028
VELSE 9012
VELSE 8996
VELSE 9004
VELSE 9038
VELSE 9014
VELSE 8998
VELSE 8980
VELSE 9003
VELSE 9029
VELSE 9013
VELSE 8997
JEF SEW ON HOOK/LOOP
VELSE 9005
VELSE 9039
VELSE 9015
VELSE 8999
VELSE 8981
VELSE 9026
VELSE 9030
VELSE 9008
VELSE 9044
VELSE 9010
VELSE 9027
VELSE 9031
The tape features hook on one side and loop on the other.
VELSE 9032
VELSE 9034
VELSE 9009
VELSE 9045
VELSE 9011
VELSE 9006
VELSE 9048
VELSE 9016
VELSE 9000
VELSE 8982
VELSE 9007
VELSE 9049
VELSE 9017
VELSE 9001
VELSE 8983
VELSE 9024
VELSE 9018
1” Hook/Loop—Black
Price Breaks 1”: Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (40 rolls)
2” Hook/Loop—Black
Price Breaks 2”: Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (20 rolls)
JEF HOOK & LOOP: PRESSURE-SENSITIVE
This nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. The JEF-brand of Pressure Sensitive hook and loop tape is an economical alternative to competitor brands. They are recommended for lighter duty applications and should not be used for all-weather outdoor applications such as attaching tonneau covers, etc.
Price Breaks: 1” : Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (40 rolls)
2” : Roll (27.3 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (40 rolls)
Black Hook Black Loop White Hook White Loop Beige Hook Beige Loop
VELSE 9025
VELSE 9019
VELPS9080
VELPS9081
VELPS9090
VELPS9091
VELPS9070
VELPS9071
VELPS9082
VELPS9083
VELPS9092
VELPS9093
VELCRO ® SEW-ON
This nylon fastener is a two-part system; one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily re-opened with a simple peeling action. Velcro ® Hook and Loop fastening system retains 50% fastening strength in water, then returns back to 100% when dried.
Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof fasteners are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure-sensitive adhesive back forms. All Velcro ® Hook and Loop can be sterilized or autoclaved.
Max Ironing Temperature: 163°C (325°F) Melting Temperature: 204°C (399°F)
1”: Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (20 rolls)
1.5” and 2”: Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls) ¾” and 4”: Price Breaks: Roll (25 yd) | Box (10 rolls) | Case (20 rolls)
A Black Hook Black Loop White Hook White Loop
VELSE 9129
VELSE 9130
VELSE 9131
VELSE 9132
VELSE 9058
VELSE 9059
VELSE 9052
VELSE 9053
VELCRO ® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE
VELSE 9060
VELSE 9061
VELSE 9054
VELSE 9055
Velcro ® Brand Tempo pressure-sensitive hook and loop fastener has a superior grade of adhesive backing that is suitable for most applications—indoor and out. This product has superior bond strength to high energy surfaces. The pressure-sensitive adhesives have a high temperature resistance and a high resistance to plasticizer migration. Designed for use in applications requiring fast turnaround under production conditions such as in packaging, medical, toys and other markets.
Price Breaks: Roll (25 yd) | Box (5 rolls) | Case (10 rolls)
VELSE 9062
VELSE 9063
VELSE 9056
VELSE 9057
Black Hook
Black Loop
White Hook
White Loop
VELSE 9133
VELSE 9134
VELSE 9135
VELSE 9136
VELPS9121
VELPS9122
VELPS9123
VELPS9124
VELPS9108
VELPS9109
VELPS9113
VELPS9114
VELPS9125
VELPS9126
VELPS9127
VELPS9128
VELPS9110
VELPS9111
VELPS9142
VELPS9143
VELCRO ® POLYESTER
Velcro ® Brand polyester hook and loop fastener made for use outdoors. Ideal for use with boat covers and even outerwear. Available in black and white.
Price Breaks: Roll (50 yd) | Box (10 Rolls) | Case (20 Rolls) 1”
Black Hook Black Loop White Hook White Loop
VELPO13045
VELPO13044
VELPO13043
VELPO13042
We stock two different brands of grommets. There is little difference between the Cruiser and Osborne brands. The main factor in choosing a line of grommets relates to the dies that you may already have. One note is that the spur grommets in the Osborne line have a protective rolled rim on the grommet, which the Cruiser line does not have. Either one gives excellent resistance to pulling out.
CRUISER PLAIN GROMMETS—BRASS
Cruiser brand grommets are a popular brand based on an European Metric sizing system. However, the sizes are very close to the standard system normally used in North America. For comparison of sizes, we list these grommets in standard sizes.
GROCR6115
GROCR6113
A B C GROCR6117
#3 Plain Grommet & Tooth Washer—Brass
#2 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass
#1 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass
Pr ice Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
CRUISER SPUR GROMMETS—BRASS
D E F GROCR6127
#3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass
GROCR6125 GROCR6123
#2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass
#2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass
Pr ice Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
OSBORNE ROLLED-RIM SPUR GROMMETS—BRASS
Rolled rim grommets have an extra lip on the rim of the grommet that accepts the spurs of the washer to give the ultimate pull-out resistance.
G H I J K
GROOS6064
GROOS6066
GROOS6065
GROOS6061
GROOS6062
#0 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer
#1 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer
#2 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer
#3 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer
#4 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer
Pr ice Breaks: Bag (144) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
grommet tools
HOLE CUTTING PAD
Extend the life of your cutters by using this pad under the material you are punching. The surface absorbs the impact and prevents damage to the bench underneath. For maximum life of your cutters and die-setting equipment, always use a rubber mallet and not a steel hammer to set fasteners, grommets or to hole punch.
B TOOGR6120 Hole Cutting Pad | Size: W10”x D10” x H⁹⁄⁹⁹”
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
VENT DIE
This special die quickly sets #GROMI9021 Ventilators (p.181). Merely punch your hole, set the ventilator with the neck up on the base, and then slip the fabric in place. A few even taps with a mallet will set the vent.
C TOOGR 9022 #621 Vent Die
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
CRUISER SPUR GROMMET HAND-SETTING DIE
CRUISER AND OSBORNE GROMMET HOLE CUTTERS
#00-A 3/16”
TOOOS5024
TOOOS5031
TOOOS5032
TOOOS5033
TOOOS5037
TOOOS5038
#0-A ¼”
#1-A 9/32”
#2-A ⅜”
#3-A 7/16”
#4-A ½”
#5-A ⅝”
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
Hand-setting tools for the Cruiser brand plain grommets (p.219). Each set consists of the punch and the die. Spur and Plain dies are not interchangeable.
TOOCR6145
TOOCR6147
TOOCR6149
TOOCR6155 TOOCR6157
TOOCR6159
#1 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die
#1 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die
Price Break: Set of 2
OSBORNE GROMMET HAND SETTING DIE—PLAIN & SPUR
F F F F
TOOOS 5020
TOOOS5034
TOOOS5021
TOOOS5022 #00 Plain Die #0 Plain Die #1 Plain Die #2 Plain Die F F F
TOOOS 5019
TOOOS5055
TOOOS5028
#0 Spur Die #1 Spur Die #2 Spur Die
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
PM1 DURA SNAP MACHINE
TOOOS5023
TOOOS5025
TOOOS5026
G G
TOOOS 5027
#3 Plain Die #4 Plain Die #5 Plain Die
TOOOS5029 #3 Spur Die #4 Spur Die
For high production with less fatigue, we offer the PM1 Dura Snap bench mounted press. Sturdy unit sets snaps quickly and easily with a single stroke. Includes a complete set of dies for Dot ® Durable and Dura Snap fasteners (p.36 ). Replacement dies available (#TOOFA4026 or #TOOFA4036).
This machine must be bolted to the workbench. It is not portable and has a tendency to crack if not solidly mounted.
H TOOFA4030 PM1 Dura Snap Machine
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
HAND HELD STEAMER
This portable, versatile steamer is for removing wrinkles and puckers in fabrics, especially velvets. Not an industrial all day use steamer, but perfect for on site adjustments to upholstery or draperies. Easy to fi ll and has a visible water level indicator. Starts producing steam in 15 seconds and has a large steam vent for a continuous fl ow of steam. Features a built in thermostat and an on/off indicator light.
A TOOST7288 Esteam Hand Held Steamer
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
J-2 JIFFY STEAMER
J-2 standard steamer from Jiffy operates with ordinary tap water and is easy and safe to use. Has a 5½’ hose and sectional rod set, removable for storage. Comes with an assembly wrench for easy, convenient setup. Heavy duty wiring. Die cast aluminum housing with 1 gallon (4.5L) checkvalve water bottle that prevent spilling. New improved heating element produces steam quickly and is specially designed to control “spitting”. Easily disassembles to remove mineral deposits. Has a shipping weight of 10lb. The heating element can be replaced.
B C TOOST7283 TOOST7285 J-2 Jiffy Steamer
J-2 Heating Element Replacement
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
J-4000 JIFFY STEAMER
The J-4000 professional duty model has dual thermostats for steam in seconds after preheating. Features built in boiler tank made from strong rust proof #304 stainless steel. Contains a sight gauge allowing you to quickly keep a visual check on the water level within the steamer. A 1500W heating element is designed for long life. This unit features heavy duty color-coded high temperature wiring and a three-position switch with automatic shut off. UL, CSA and CE approved. Shipping weight for this unit is 29 lb. The heating element can be replaced.
D E TOOST7284 TOOST7289 J-4000 Jiffy Steamer
J-4000 Heating Element Replacement
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
REPLACEMENT HOSE FOR J-2 & J-4000
F TOOST7287 Hose Replacement
Length: 5½’
Price Break: E ach | 3 ea | 6 ea
pattern making
CARDBOARD
Sturdy cardboard sheeting in three thicknesses. This material can be used for making patterns or laminated together to make panels, stiffeners, etc. #PATCA3249 is often used as door panels in automotive and van customizing.
HEAD PINS
2½” long pins for holding covers in place for fi tting. The bright heads make them easy to see and remove.
PATPI6257
PATPI6258
-PATCA3219
28”x 40” 0.04gge—Standard Brown
PATCA3229
40”x 60” 0.057gge—Standard Brown
Price Breaks: Each | Package (15) | Case (100)
- PATCA3249 37”x 60” 0.1gge (2 ply)—Matte Black
Price Breaks: Bag (5 ea) | Box (5 Bags)| Case (10 Bags)
SANIGENE ® CHALK
Dustless Sanigene ® blackboard chalk. A PATCH3001 Sanigene® Chalk—White
Price Breaks: Bag (144 pieces) | Box (12 Bags) | Case (24 Bags)
TAILOR'S CHALK
Tailor's style crayon chalk can be easily resharpened and is non-permanent on most surfaces. Unlike some inks, the wax base will not bleed through surfaces. The white chalk can be removed from dark surfaces with the quick touch of an iron or steamer.
B C D
PATCH3005
PATCH3007
PATCH3008
Tailor's Chalk—White
Tailor's Chalk—Yellow
Tailor's Chalk—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (48 pieces) | Box (24 Bags) | Case (48 Bags)
E F G
PATPI6259
Plastic Head Pin—Red Plastic Head Pin—Blue Plastic Head Pin—Yellow
Price Breaks: Bag (100 pieces) | Box (5 bags) | Case (10 Bags)
SKEWERS
3” 16gge steel skewers with a large eye end for gripping, threading and pinning covers while fi tting.
H PATPI6255 3” Steel Skewers
Price Breaks: Bag (36 pieces) | Box (4 Bags) | Case (8 Bags)
RULERS
These aluminum rulers are light and versatile, they double as a measuring stick and a straight edge. The numbers are printed on, not stamped into the ruler, giving a smooth nonsnagging surface when used as a straightedge. Comes in two widths and are both 60” in length. I J
PATRU6608
PATRU6609
1½”x 60” Aluminum Ruler
2”x 60” Aluminum Ruler
Price Break: Each | 6 ea | 12 ea
TWIST PIN
This curling pin with plastic “crystal” head is ideal for holding doilies and arm covers in place.
K PATPI6251 Crystal Knobby Twist Pin
Price Break: Bag (500 pieces) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
KNIVES
COMBINATION KNIFE
This combination knife is made from the fi nest steel with both hook and pointed blade. It can be used for ripping seams, cutting auto carpeting, vinyl, plastic and rubber. Features a contoured Beechwood handle.
A TOOKN8440 #1020 Combination Knife
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
HEAVY DUTY OLFA KNIFE
A heavy-duty knife with a ratchet-lock mechanism for unlimited blade positions. The knife has a double-honed blade for superior sharpness and edge retention.
B
C TOOKN8052
Heavy Duty Olfa Knife
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
TOOKN8058
Heavy Duty 0.5mm Olfa Blades—Package of 50
Price Breaks: Package (50) | Box (5 Packages) |
Case (10 Packages)
OLFA REPLACEMENT BLADES
D TOOKN8038 Ultra Max Heavy Duty Olfa Blades
Price Break: Package (50) | Box (5 Packages) |
Case (10 Packages)
SHEARS: KAI
KAI SCISSORS
Blades made of high-carbon Molybdenum Vanadium stainless steel for extra-long edge life and high cutting effi ciency. Ergonomically styled and padded grip made of “Elastomer” soft plastic for maximum ease of handling. Right hand use only.
E F G H SHEST7035 SHEST7034 SHEST7036 SHEST7037
10” KAI Micro-Serrate Edge Shear
8” KAI Regular Edge Shear
10” KAI Regular Edge Shear
12” KAI Regular Edge Shear
Price Break: Each | 3 ea | 6 ea
SHEARS: MUNDIAL
Mundial is a world renowned quality shear, manufactured to the highest standards using only the best materials and processes. Adjust the ride once with a screw driver and you are done. The Stay-Set™ is uniquely engineered to stay true to its name. Once set, it stays set for comfortable cutting power under the most demanding commercial conditions. Hot drop forged and fully nickel-plated with black enamel handles.
STRAIGHT MUNDIAL SHEARS
These high quality shears have a solid feel, a sturdy blade and come in a variety of sizes. All shears are designed for the right hand except the 9” Cushion Soft. The Cushion Soft shear has enlarged finger bows and a padded soft touch lining, designed for both the right and left hand use.
A
HEAVY DUTY MUNDIAL SHEARS
Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use only.
CSHEST7013
10” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear
SHEST7014
12” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear
SHEST7001
SHEST7004
SHEST7007
SHEST7003
B-SHEST7002
8” Mundial Shear
9” Cushion Soft Shear
10” Mundial Shear
12” Mundial Shear
9” Mundial Shear
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea
SHEARS: WISS ®
Wiss® Shears are made of the finest quality cutlery steel with drop-forged polished blades with a patented Set-Easy pivot. The superior combination of hardened, ground, edged and adjustable blades combine to provide outstanding cutting ability and durability.
WISS ® APPAREL SHEARS
Bent apparel sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles for professional dress maker and industrial use.
A SHEST7020 9” Wiss® Apparel Shears
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea
WISS ® BENT TRIMMER SHEARS
Industrial sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles. The 10” comes in both a right and left handed design.
B C D SHEST7025 SHEST 7027 SHEST7026
10” #20 Wiss® Bent Trimmer
10” #20 Wiss® Bent Trimmer—Left-Hand
12” #22N Wiss® Bent Trimmer
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea
WISS ® HEAVY DUTY BENT TRIMMER SHEARS
Heavy duty bent shears with “inlaid” blades and black handles. Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use.
ESHEST7030 SHEST7031
10” Wiss® Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer
12” Wiss® Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea
WISS ® QUICK CLIP CUTTER
Heavy duty contour design with positive spring action re-opens blades for fast cutting. PVC plastic handle with stainless steel sharp point blades. Replacement blades are available in a set with 4 blade screws.
F SHEQI7021 Wiss® Quick Clip Sharp Point Cutter
Price Breaks: Each | 6 ea
zippers
JEF ZIPPERS: COIL
Unlike the metal zipper, the coil chain will not scratch the operators hands when filling cushions and will not break needles when being sewn. Also allows for smooth operation when a curve is needed in particular cushion styles.
#4.5 COIL CHAIN ZIPPER
#4.5 regular duty coil chain tape is an ideal zipper for cushions, inside pockets, bags or any light duty application. It has a low profile when installed and a very clean appearance either open or closed. An economical solution to any fastening needs.
A B C ZIPCC9912 ZIPCC 9909 ZIPCC9970
#4.5
#4.5 Coil Chain Zipper—Black
#4.5 Coil Chain Zipper—White
#4.5 Coil Chain Zipper—Beige
Price Breaks: Roll (300yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
COIL SLIDE PIN LOCK
Pin locking single tab sliders for #4.5 coil zippers. These sliders will stay and do not have a tendency to drift open. Two pins on the slider lock into the teeth of the chain when the tab is pressed down and stays in place until the tab is lifted again.
Price Breaks: Roll (200yd) | Box (5 Rolls) | Case (10 Rolls)
#5 ZIPPER SLIDERS
N O P Q R
ZIPCC9891
ZIPCC9879
ZIPCC10001
ZIPCC11682
ZIPCC11670
#5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—White
#5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black
#5 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black
#5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Off-White
#5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (10 Bags) | Case (50 Bags)
#4.5
ZIPCC9906
ZIPCC9971
D E F ZIPCC 9929
#4.5 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Black
#4.5 Coil Slide Pin Lock—White
#4.5 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Beige
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (10 Bags) | Case (50 Bags)
COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK
Non-locking sliders are great for seat cushions and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product.
#5 FINISHED COIL—OPEN END AUTOLOCK
S S S
ZIPCC11500
ZIPCC11501
ZIPCC11502
#5 Coil 16” Open End Autolock—Black
#5 Coil 18” Open End Autolock—Black
#5 Coil 20” Open End Autolock—Black
Price Breaks: Bag (25) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
G H ZIPCC9914
#4.5 Coil Slide Non-Lock—Black
ZIPCC9917
#4.5 Coil Slide Non-Lock—White
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (10 Bags) | Case (50 Bags)
#4.5 COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK—LONG TAB
Non-locking sliders with extra long tabs are easier to grip and move. Great for seat cushions and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product.
I J
ZIPCC9887
ZIPCC9910
#4.5 Coil Slide Non-Lock—Black
#4.5 Coil Slide Non-Lock—White
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (10 Bags) | Case (50 Bags)
YKK® METAL
See Zipper Notes on p.43.
YKK® #4 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE
This size has been the industry standard for cushion zipper for decades. Sliders mount very easily to zipper tape.
A ZIPAL9913 YKK® #4 Aluminum Zipper Tape— Natural
Price Breaks: Roll (273yd) | Box (4 Rolls) | Case (8 Rolls)
YKK® #4 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDER
B ZIPAL9916 YKK® #4 Aluminum Zipper Slider
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
YKK® #5 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE
#5 is slightly larger and stronger. It is intended for more strenuous applications such as bags and thicker cushions on upholstered furniture, where a slightly heavier load is expected.
C ZIPAL9918 YKK® #5 Aluminum Zipper Tape— Lt. Beige
Price Breaks: Roll (109yd) | Box (4 Rolls) | Case (8 Rolls)
YKK® #5 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDER
D ZIPAL9919 YKK® #5 Aluminum Zipper Slider
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
YKK® #4 BRASS ZIPPER TAPE
The brass finish is a more decorative alternative to aluminum for those applications where you want to stay with the traditional look and feel of metal zippers. The brass is strong, attractive, weatherproof and easy to use.
E ZIPBR9911 YKK® #4 Brass Zipper Tape— Beige
Price Breaks: Yard | 50 yd | 400 yd
YKK® #4 BRASS ZIPPER SLIDER
F ZIPBR9915 YKK® #4 Brass Zipper Slider
Price Breaks: Bag (100) | Box (5 Bags) | Case (10 Bags)
Please see p.162 for Zipper Stop Pliers
pillows
POLYESTER PILLOW 2-PACK
Discover our new polyester pillows, now available in nine sizes. Featuring enhanced filling for greater density and support, these pillows are ethically sourced and crafted through sustainable practices. They arrive vacuum-sealed in compact, eco-friendly packaging, making them easy to transport and store while reducing freight costs. Machine washable at 40°C, tumble dry on low, or dry clean for easy maintenance. Experience superior comfort and a greener choice with our latest addition to our pillow collection.
PADCU6931
PADCU6932
PADCU6933
PADCU6934
PADCU6935
PADCU6936
PADCU6937
PADCU6938
PADCU6939
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—14”x14”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—16”x16”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—18”x18”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—20”x20”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—22”x22”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form—24”x24”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form— Queen 21”x31”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form— King 23”x36”
Polyester Toss Cushion Form— 12”x20”
Price Breaks: 1 Set | Box (3 Sets) | Case (6 Sets)
FEATHER CUSHIONS 2-PACK
Our new and improved pillows are vacuum-packed and filled with down feathers that are hygienically cleaned. They come in 6 sizes and are efficiently shipped due to the double compact packaging. These pillow inserts are machine washable and can be tumble-dried for an easy clean! All it takes is four simple steps – order, open, fluff and enjoy!
PADCU13014
PADCU13013
PADCU13015
PADCU13019
PADCU6915
PADCU6916
PADCU6917
Feather Cushion—12”x20”
Feather Cushion—16”x16”
Feather Cushion—27”x27”
Feather Cushion—22”x22”
Feather Cushion—18”x18”
Feather Cushion—20”x20”
Feather Cushion—25”x25”
Price Breaks: 1 Set | Box (3 Sets) | Case (6 Sets)
Pl ease Note: Images should only be referenced for shape and form. Sizing may not be proportional to actual product.
As one of the world’s foremost manufacturers of sewing threads and industrial yarns, A&E’s global presence extends from Asia to Europe to the Americas.
It is not simply the scope of our international operations that makes A&E a world-class company. That distinction comes from our dedication to providing our customers with the finest products and services, at the highest quality, delivered anywhere.
A&E asserts its century-old commitment to its customers, producing high quality goods by embracing contemporary quality principles and practices. These principles have produced an environment that stimulates individual empowerment and initiative. Such a culture enables us to be a product innovator, a creator of consistent and reliable high quality products, and a company that delivers our comprehensive product line to customers right on time.
Visit our sites: www.amefird.ca & www.amefird.com
American & Efird Canada, Inc.
terms & conditions
INDUSTRY STANDARDS: Seam Allowance & Stitch Density
STANDARD
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR UPHOLSTERY FABRICS—PLAIN, TUFTED OR FLOCKED
ASTM D3597-02-D434 is a test method published by the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). It indicates the standard performance specification of woven upholstery fabrics. There are specifications within this test method that indicate the industry standard for the sewing of woven upholstery fabrics. It requires the sewing of a seam using a minimum of seven and a maximum of eight stitches per inch using a seam allowance not less than ½”. One can expect seam slippage issues when an upholstery fabric is sewn with a stitch density of less than 7 stitches per inch and seam allowances of less than ½”, so please ensure you always follow the industry standard to avoid problems with seam slippage.
SPECIFICATION GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACT UPHOLSTERY AND DRAPERY TEXTILES
Here are some of the performance guidelines for contract textiles (commercial applications), as per the not-for-profit trade association, the Association for Contract Textiles (ACT). These guidelines are meant to help assist you when selecting an upholstery fabric for a commercial project, although product requirements will vary for each commercial project.
FLAMMABILITY
California Technical Bulletin 117-2013 (Pass)
CROCKING AATCC 8 (Upholstery) and 116 (Drapery)
Dry Crocking: Grade 4 minimum
Wet Crocking: Grade 3 minimum
COLORFASTNESS TO LIGHT AATCC 16 E or H—Grade 4 minimum at 40 hours
PILLING ASTM D3511-03—Class 3 minimum
BREAKING STRENGTH ASTM D5034-95 (2001) (Grab Test)—50lb minimum in warp and weft
SEAM SLIPPAGE ASTM D3597-02-D434-95—25lb minimum in warp and weft
ABRASION FOR WOVEN UPHOLSTERY FABRICS
ABRASION FOR COATED UPHOLSTERY FABRICS
High Traffic/Public Spaces:
• ASTM D4157 (Wyzenbeek)—50,000 double rubs
Low Traffic/Private Spaces:
• ASTM D4157 (Wyzenbeek)—15,000 double rubs
Heavy duty end use applications include the following: hotel rooms/suites, conference rooms and dining area usage.
ASTM D4157-02 (Wyzenbeek)—30,000 Double rubs
For facilities that are in use for 24 hours per day, the abrasion resistance requirement for upholstered furniture may be higher than the requirement for heavy duty contract upholstery.
TERMS & CONDITIONS*
TERMS Payment terms are net 30 days from the date of the invoice. Shipments in Canada are F.O.B., Toronto, or Vancouver. Shipments in the U.S. are F.O.B. Indianapolis.
OVERDUE ACCOUNTS A 1.5% service charge per month (18% per annum) will be charged on overdue accounts.
ORDERING When placing an order, please provide the following information: pattern name, color number and shipping instructions. If exact color match is required, please request a cutting of present stock or send a cutting to be matched. If matching a previous order, please quote the order number. If it is unavailable, send a cutting of the fabric for matching. Please note that dye lots may vary.
BACK ORDERS Back ordered items will be shipped as soon as available.
HOLD STOCK POLICY
Reservations placed on fabric orders will be honored for 48 hours with the following exceptions:
AN ORDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR A 5-DAY HOLD IF:
• Fabric ordered requires dye lot matching
• When customer makes a sale to their client but must wait to verify the exact yardage for a more accurate order
• When waiting for freight quotes
• When customers do not have space to take all inventory at once
• Customer is quoting a project but must verify exact details from the customer (e.g. yards, color and pricing)
AN ORDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR A 10-DAY HOLD IF:
• Customer has requested to see fabric cuts before approval of an order
RETURNS Arrangements must be made prior to return shipments. Please see the Returned Goods and Claims Policies. Please read our Quality Control Standards and Guidelines carefully. Fabric may not be returned for credit once it has been cut or marked. Inspect yardage for flaws, length, quality and that it is the correct pattern and color before cutting. To ensure prompt credits on approved returns, please provide the following: invoice or packing slip number, pattern name, color number, yardage shipped and the reason for return. Refused shipments or cancellations after orders have been cut are subject to a 15% restocking charge. Cuts under 5 yards are not returnable.
Returns will not be accepted on goods older than 90 days from the date of purchase. Adhesives are not accepted after 30 days due to shelf life. Supply items sold in pre-packaged lots will not be accepted in less than the complete lot. The cutting of a fabric indicates acceptance. Fabric may not be returned for credit once it has been cut or marked.
LOST GOODS Customers must advise Ennis Fabrics within 90 days of a shipping date that goods are lost in shipping and that a claim is required. We cannot honor any freight claims past this point.
SHOWROOM SAMPLES
A deposit of twenty dollars ($20.00) per sample and a deposit of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per complete sample book will be collected at the time a customer completes a “Sample Loan Out Sheet.” Unless otherwise stated, all samples are expected to be returned to our showroom within 2 weeks, at which time your deposit will be returned to you. If samples are not returned within 4 weeks the deposit will be forfeited.
ENNIS FABRICS 2-YEAR FABRIC WARRANTY
Ennis Fabrics fabrics will be repaired or replaced if they fail to give normal wear for two years from the date of delivery. This warranty expressly does not cover:
• Cuts
• Stains
• Pilling
3 RD PARTY
• Burns
• Pet damage
• Soiling
• Damage caused by improper applications
• Damage caused by improper installations
• Damage caused by unreasonable use
• Fading caused by sunlight (unless product is specified UV resistant)
Claims will not be honored when covers have been removed for cleaning. This warranty does not apply to fabrics treated with fluorocarbon finishes. If the identical fabric is not available, Ennis Fabrics will provide an equivalent fabric.
Ennis Fabrics may send goods to the laminator, quiltor, slitter or anywhere else the customer asks us to ship the goods for further processing. However, Ennis Fabrics is not responsible for goods that we did not directly make arrangements for.
* This information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and it is not intended to relieve the user from their responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of these materials.
COLOR MATCHING CHANGE:
Evaluating Color Difference of Change in Fabrics
The Greyscale for Evaluating Color Difference or Change in Fabrics is used as the industry standard of judgment. It is published by the American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorist (ASTM 2616-12, AATCC 8, AATCC 16), and is used by all testing laboratories and most major mills.
The Greyscale measures color change on a scale of 1 to 5. There are a total of 9 potential values that can be assigned to a fabric sample being tested for color change (1, 1/2, 2, 2/3, 3, 3/4, 4, 4/5, 5). The number 1 represents the greatest difference and the number 5 indicates that there has been no color change.
Using the Greyscale measurement, Ennis Fabrics has established a standard of acceptance as a 3/4 or greater rating on the Greyscale for decorative fabrics, a 3/4 or greater rating for apparel, recreational and industrial fabrics. Dye lots below 3 would be rejected for all industries.
HOW THE GREYSCALE TEST WORKS
The fabric to be tested is placed against the accepted original fabric color standard. A special grey paper, supplied by the AATCC, is placed equally over the two fabrics. This allows a neutral viewing background so that a fair visual judgment can be made of the grade value to be assigned. Viewing is performed in a certified lightbox under D65 lighting.
HOW THE GREYSCALE TEST IS IMPLEMENTED BY ENNIS FABRICS
Ennis Fabrics has always had a high standard of quality assurance for the products we distribute. We work closely with our suppliers from the conception of a product, through it’s development and continually throughout it’s life cycle at the company. Every dye lot of goods is compared to a color standard for acceptance or rejection based on the “greyscale.” If the goods are graded below 3/4 on the greyscale, the dye lot is rejected and the process has to start again.
Unfortunately, the rejection of a dye lot can delay delivery of goods anywhere from 2–6 weeks. However, this process assures us that we are providing our customers with quality goods each and every time.
CLEANING CODES
MSWD Mild soap and water. Dry immediately with a soft, dry cloth
S Clean fabrics with Pure Solvents (Petroleum Distillate-Based Products)
W Clean fabrics with water-based cleaning agents or water based foam
WC Wash With Care
WS Clean fabrics with water-based cleaning agents only do not use solvent cleaners
X Clean fabrics with vacuum or brushing only
ROLL TAG FLAW INFORMATION
Each cut of fabric is accompanied by a tag describing the item ordered and the yardage shipped. These tags also contain information regarding flaws, the date and time of the order, the packing slip number, etc. Please read these tags thoroughly.
Whenever the Quantity Ordered and the Quantity Shipped differ, there will be a mark denoting whether the cause was a flaw, an allowance or a given fabric situation.
Given indicates that there was a small amount of yardage left on the roll and was forwarded to the customer at no charge.
Flawed indicates that there were imperfections within the yardage (as outlined in Quality Control Standards), therefore extra fabric has been allowed for them.
Break Piece Allowance indicates that you have been allowed extra fabric due to a break in the roll. This is when an order for fabric is fulfilled with a break in the roll. The extra allowance is done to compensate for the fabric being on multiple pieces. This order method is only done pending approval from the customer.
Description and Tag for / Comments will also help to identify the goods. Be sure to check these before cutting the material.
RETURNED GOODS
This section covers the Ennis Fabrics policies concerning returns and claims for fabrics and supplies.
When a mistake has been made by Ennis Fabrics the goods may be returned at no charge to the customer. In this case, a returned goods authorization is required and may be obtained by the customer through our Customer Experience Center. Fabric may not be returned once it has been cut by the customer.
In the course of discussing the nature of the complaint, it is often to the advantage of all concerned if an agreement can be reached for the customer to retain the goods at a discounted price to save on administrative return costs and freight. Please call for an authorization before returning goods.
Due to freight costs, we cannot accept returns on cuts of fabric less than 5 linear yards, unless the problem was caused by Ennis Fabrics, such as the shipment of incorrect goods.
Any goods not accompanied by a returned goods authorization number will automatically be assessed freight charges and restocking fees. The restocking fee is 15% on products returned for reasons other than an error by Ennis Fabrics. This covers the administrative costs of receiving and processing the transaction, as well as the inspection of the fabric prior to going into stock. These procedures plus the accounting and other administrative functions are expensive in that they are quite time consuming. These charges will be deducted from the credit that the return will generate.
Returns will not be accepted on goods older than 90 days from the date of purchase. Adhesives are not accepted after 30 days due to shelf life. Supply items sold in pre-packaged lots will not be accepted in less than the complete lot. The cutting of a fabric indicates acceptance. Fabric may not be returned for credit once it has been cut or marked.
Ennis Fabrics is a customer service oriented company. Every effort is made to correct any mistake we have made. Wherever possible, we will work with our customers to minimize the negative effects of a mistake.
WARRANTY CLAIMS
Warranty periods vary by manufacturer and product. If you have a question or concern regarding the warranty on a purchase or an existing product in use, please contact your sales representative or our Customer Service Center. All warranty claims are handled on an individual basis. To initiate a claim, contact your sales representative to get a claims form filled out and submitted. Due to the wide range of manufacturers and suppliers there is no standard for claims.
WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
WHAT CONSTITUTES
AN AFTER-TREATMENT? AND WHY DOES ENNIS FABRICS REFUSE TO WARRANT AGAINST A FABRIC THAT HAS GONE THROUGH AN AFTER-TREATMENT?
After treatments, or “fabric protection plans” are sold at most retail stores in North America. The chemicals are, in most instances, applied on location by hand. If not done properly, there could be over-saturation (causing fiber breakdown or discoloration), or key spots missed (i.e. coating the cushion top but not on the side borders), which could result in seam fatigue. Chemicals applied to upholstery fabric have a tendency to breakdown the fibers (primarily) filament yarns. Synthetic filament yarns make the fabric beautiful with a variety of twists, textures and wraps. After-treatment chemicals, such as Guardsman or Scotchgaurd, have a propensity to breakdown these fibers over time. In addition, the chemicals can erode the applied fabric backing, be it latex or acrylic.
After-treatment chemicals have improved over the years becoming less toxic and less harmful to the environment. As a result, they have extended the life of the fibers over the previous compounds used but there is still degradation. The process is just prolonged. Consequently, it is impossible to determine whether a fabric’s defect or breakdown is the result of manufacturer error or because of an after treatment procedure. Therefore, neither Ennis Fabrics nor our fabric manufacturers will warrant against a fabric that has been after-treated.
WHAT IS “PILLING” AND WHY IS IT NOT WARRANTED BY ENNIS FABRICS?
As a result of normal wear and use, upholstered fabrics will begin to form little balls, or “pills,” of excess fabric on the surface. This is called pilling, a common characteristic of many upholstered fabrics. Pilling is not considered a defect by Ennis Fabrics because the fabric is not actually deteriorating. Over time, when all excess fibers have been released from the fabric, the pilling will stop. To restore the look of the material, we recommend occasionally “shaving” the product’s surface with a furniture or sweater shaver.
